7. 理趣会合之地巴利 7. Hārasampātabhūmi
藏释 · 314 段
72 禅那是离染。四种禅那应详加解说。它们有两种:与觉支不相应的和与觉支相应的。其中,与觉支不相应的是外凡所行,与觉支相应的是圣者所证。于此,除六种人根不论,贪行者、嗔行者、痴行者、贪嗔行者、贪痴行者、嗔痴行者、等分行者——这些人证入禅那时,五盖作为所对治而被断除,却未能抑制三不善根。由贪不善根所生的贪欲和掉举,以无贪善根来抑制;追悔与疑属于痴的一类,以无痴来抑制;嗔恚与昏沉睡眠属于嗔的一类,以无嗔来抑制。巴利
Jhānaṃ virāgo. Cattāri jhānāni vitthārena kātabbāni. Tāni duvidhāni; bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni ca bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ca. Tattha bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni bāhirakāni, bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ariyapuggalāni. Tattha yena cha puggalamūlāni tesaṃ nikkhipetvā rāgacarito, dosacarito, mohacarito, rāgadosacarito, rāgamohacarito, dosamohacarito, samabhāgacarito, iti imesaṃ puggalānaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitānaṃ pañca nīvaraṇāni paṭipakkho tesaṃ paṭighātāya yathā asamattho tīṇi akusalamūlāni niggaṇhāti. Lobhena akusalamūlena abhijjhā ca uddhaccañca uppilavataṃ alobhena kusalamūlena niggaṇhāti, kukkuccañca vicikicchā ca mohapakkho, taṃ amohena niggaṇhāti. Doso ca thinamiddhañca dosapakkho, taṃ adosena niggaṇhāti.
于此,由无贪的圆满,他寻思出离寻;由无嗔的圆满,他寻思无嗔恚寻;由无痴的圆满,他寻思无害寻。由无贪的圆满,他远离诸欲。由无嗔及无痴的圆满,他远离诸恶不善法,有寻有伺,离生喜乐,进入并安住于初禅。巴利
Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā nekkhammavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā abyāpādavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha amohassa pāripūriyā avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā vivitto hoti kāmehi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā amohassa pāripūriyā ca vivitto hoti pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
寻有三种:出离寻、无恚寻、无害寻。其中,最初的投向是寻,对所获得的对象反复审察是伺。譬如有人远远看见一个人走来,起初并不知道那是女人还是男人,等辨知这是女人或男人,是这样的颜色、这样的形相后,便进一步寻思:此人是持戒者还是破戒者?是富有还是贫穷?同样地,伺随寻而行,遍行、随行。又如鸟先鼓动双翼,随后滑翔而不鼓动;鼓动好比寻,展翼好比伺——那是随顺、寻思、运行、伺察。寻思即是寻,随伺即是伺。寻对治欲想,伺对治恚想与害想。寻的作用是不作意于不善,伺的作用是守护诸根。犹如守护者默诵,此即是寻;犹如他随观彼境,此即是伺。犹如未遍知,是为寻;犹如已遍知,是为伺。在词无碍解与辩无碍解中为寻,在法无碍解与义无碍解中为伺。心于准备善巧是寻,心于导向善巧是伺。“这是善、这是不善、这应修习、这应舍断、这应作证”是寻;如何舍断、如何修习、如何作证是伺。安住于这些寻伺中,两种苦便不生起——身苦和心苦;两种乐生起——身乐和心乐。如此,由寻所生的心乐是喜,身乐即是身乐。其中心的一境性,这是定。如此,初禅舍断五支,具足五支。巴利
Vitakkāti tayo vitakkā – nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko. Tattha paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, paṭiladdhassa vicaraṇaṃ vicāro. Yathā puriso dūrato purisaṃ passati āgacchantaṃ, na ca tāva jānāti eso itthīti vā purisoti vā yadā tu paṭilabhati itthīti vā purisoti vā evaṃ vaṇṇoti vā evaṃ saṇṭhānoti vā ime vitakkayanto uttari upaparikkhanti kiṃ nu kho ayaṃ sīlavā udāhu dussīlo aḍḍho vā duggatoti vā. Evaṃ vicāro vitakke appeti, vicāro cariyati ca anuvattati ca. Yathā pakkhī pubbaṃ āyūhati pacchā nāyūhati yathā āyūhanā evaṃ vitakko, yathā pakkhānaṃ pasāraṇaṃ evaṃ vicāro anupālati vitakketi vicarati vicāreti. Vitakkayati vitakketi, anuvicarati vicāreti. Kāmasaññāya paṭipakkho vitakko, byāpādasaññāya vihiṃsasaññāya ca paṭipakkho vicāro. Vitakkānaṃ kammaṃ akusalassa amanasikāro, vicārānaṃ kammaṃ jeṭṭhānaṃ saṃvāraṇā. Yathā paliko tuṇhiko sajjhāyaṃ karoti evaṃ vitakko, yathā taṃyeva anupassati evaṃ vicāro. Yathā apariññā evaṃ vitakko. Yathā pariññā evaṃ vicāro. Niruttipaṭisambhidāyañca paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāyañca vitakko, dhammapaṭisambhidāyañca atthapaṭisambhidāyañca vicāro. Kallitā kosallattaṃ cittassa vitakko, abhinīhārakosallaṃ cittassa vicāro . Idaṃ kusalaṃ idaṃ akusalaṃ idaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ idaṃ pahātabbaṃ idaṃ sacchikātabbanti vitakko, yathā pahānañca bhāvanā ca sacchikiriyā ca evaṃ vicāro. Imesu vitakkavicāresu ṭhitassa duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ na uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca; duvidhaṃ sukhaṃ uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca. Iti vitakkajanitaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ pīti kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ kāyikoyeva. Yā tattha cittassa ekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Iti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
由于对那些寻伺的反复修习,他的心倾向于此。那些寻伺对他来说显得粗重。那喜、乐与出离也变得粗重。然而,由定生起的喜与悦生起。对他来说,伺是所缘。由于它们的止息,内心清净。那两种法——寻与伺——应当被忆念。现前之法应当被观察。由于它们的止息,心成为统一、心一境性。由于他的一境性,喜达到圆满。那喜是悦根,那乐是乐根。那心一境性,这是定。这第二禅具足四支。他从喜的离染,舍断伴随欢喜的。巴利
Tesaṃyeva vitakkavicārānaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ āsevanāya tassa tappoṇamānasaṃ hoti. Tassa vitakkavicārā oḷārikā khāyanti. Yañca pītisukhañca nekkhammañca oḷārikaṃ bhavati. Api ca samādhijā pīti rati ca jāyati. Tassa vicārārammaṇaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ ceto sampasīdati. Ye vitakkavicārā dve dhammānussaritabbā. Paccuppannā daraṇitabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ cittekaggataṃ hoti. Tassa ekodibhāvena pīti pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yā pīti, taṃ somanassindriyaṃ, yaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ sukhindriyaṃ. Yā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Taṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ. So pītiyā virāgā yāti ojahi jallasahagataṃ.
73 其中,“执取悦意心”,他考察那个,只作意舍。他从喜的离染,住于舍。如同由喜所认知的乐,他以身体验,具念而住。以那念与正知,舍达到圆满。这第三禅具足四支。巴利
Tattha somanassacittamupādānanti ca so taṃ vicinanto upekkhameva manasikaroti. So pītiyā virāgā upekkhako viharati. Yathā ca pītiyā sukhamānitaṃ, taṃ kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti sampajāno viharati. Yena satisampajaññena upekkhāpāripūriṃ gacchati. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
同样地,为了舍断身乐,于初禅中悦根灭尽。于第二禅中,苦根灭尽。他由乐的舍断与苦的舍断,以及先前喜与忧的灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,证入第四禅而安住。其中,依此四根而有舍的清净,即:苦根、忧根、乐根、悦根。由于这些根的灭尽,而有舍与正知。其中,由乐根与悦根而失念,由它们的灭尽而得念;由苦根与忧根而无正知,由它们的灭尽而得正知。如此,舍、想、念、正知与心一境性,这便称为第四禅。巴利
Tathā kāyikassa sukhassa pahānāya paṭhame jhāne somanassindriyaṃ nirujjhati. Dutiye jhāne dukkhindriyaṃ nirujjhati. So sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati . Tattha catūhi indriyehi upekkhā pasādā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca. Tesaṃ nirodhā upekkhāsampajaññaṃ hoti, tattha sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca asati hoti, tesaṃ nirodhā satimā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena ca asampajaññaṃ, tesaṃ nirodhā sampajaññaṃ hoti, iti upekkhāya ca saññā, sato sampajāno cittekaggatā ca idaṃ vuccate ca catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
其中,贪行者具有乐根与悦根;嗔行者具有苦根与忧根;痴行者具有失念与无正知。巴利
Tattha yo rāgacarito puggalo tassa sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca; yo dosacarito puggalo tassa dukkhindriyañca domanassindriyañca; yo mohacarito puggalo tassa asati ca asampajaññañca.
其中,贪行者的随贪在第三禅与第四禅灭尽,嗔行者的嗔恚在初禅与第二禅灭尽,痴行者的无正知在初禅与第二禅灭尽,失念在第三禅与第四禅灭尽。如此,这三类人的四种禅那便得清净。巴利
Tattha rāgacaritassa puggalassa tatiye jhāne catutthe ca anunayo nirujjhati, dosacaritassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca paṭighaṃ nirujjhati, mohacaritassa puggalassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca asampajaññaṃ nirujjhati. Tatiye jhāne catutthe ca asati nirujjhati, evameva tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ cattāri jhānāni vodānaṃ gamissanti.
对于贪嗔行者,由无正知、随贪与嗔恚,便成为退分禅那。对于贪痴行者,随贪性与过患已显露,这便成为他的退分禅那。对于嗔痴行者,嗔恚、失念与无正知,其过患已显露,由此便成为退分禅那。巴利
Tattha rāgadosacaritassa puggalassa asampajaññañca anunayo ca paṭighañca, tena hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha rāgamohacaritassa puggalassa anunayattaṃ ca ādīnavaṃ dassitā, taṃ tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha dosamohacaritassa puggalassa paṭigho ca asati ca asampajaññañca ādīnavaṃ dassitā tena tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti.
对于贪嗔痴等分行者,则成为殊胜分禅那。这四种禅那应在七种人之中解说。四种定中:欲定为初禅,精进定为第二禅,心定为第三禅,观察定为第四禅。又,无愿为初禅,空性为第二禅,无相为第三禅,入出息念为第四禅。以欲寻、嗔恚等各自的止息为初禅,以寻伺的止息为第二禅,以乐根与喜根的止息为第三禅,以身行的止息为第四禅。以舍为依止是初禅,以谛为依止是第二禅,以慧为依止是第三禅,以寂止为依止是第四禅。这四种禅那已以总说方式说明,于此定根得以圆满。有四种随顺:凡依初禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、钝通行,对治忧根而行。凡依第二禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、速通行,对治苦根而行。凡依第三禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、钝通行,对治喜根而行。凡依第四禅而尽诸漏者,他以乐道、速通行,对治乐根而行。巴利
Tattha rāgadosamohasamabhāgacaritassa puggalassa visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, imāni cattāri jhānāni sattasu puggalesu niddisitabbāni. Catūsu ca samādhīsu chandasamādhinā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, vīriyasamādhinā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, cittasamādhinā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, vīmaṃsāsamādhinā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Appaṇihitena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, suññatāya dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, animittena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, ānāpānassatiyā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Kāmavitakkabyāpādānañca taṃ taṃ vūpasamena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, sukhindriyasomanassindriyānaṃ vūpasamena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, kāyasaṅkhārānaṃ vūpasamena catutthaṃ jhānañca. Cāgādhiṭṭhānena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, saccādhiṭṭhānena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānena catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Imāni cattāri jhānāni saṅkhepaniddesena niddiṭṭhāni, tattha samādhindriyaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Anuvattanakāni cattāri, tattha yo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya domanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya dukkhindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya somanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya sukhindriyapaṭipakkhena gato.
74 对于这四种禅那,每一禅那有其诸支;这些支的聚合即是该禅那的支——这称为禅那地。什么是差别?此即差别。这些是资粮;由此而有这(禅那的)生起;那生起以之为近依;由那近依而有这修习。这修习有其过患。由此而有退失。是谁的退失?即那依止该禅那者的退失。如所说的省察,这是差别。由那差别而有此味。那味是谁的?非禅那者与禅那者。那非禅那者,这适于善巧;住于禅那达到无上,是禅那力;住于禅那力者,即此到达彼岸者。在这些禅那支中,无浊的寻在初禅中为禅那支的修习。喜随顺,在初禅中为禅那支;与该支相应的诸法与之相应。喜在第二禅中是禅那支的法性;然而,如此进展者的俱生禅那支法,以乐性而内心净信在第二禅中为禅那支,以心净信性与其相应。喜在第二禅中为禅那支,内心净信……定性,喜在第二禅中为禅那支;心一境性在第二禅中为禅那支。舍触性在第三禅中为禅那支,乐为其支。心一境性在第四禅中为禅那支;舍、不苦不乐在第四禅中为禅那支;胜解地中的舍念清净在第四禅中为禅那支。念清净与多禅那地中的禅那支相应,喜与心一境性在第四禅中为禅那支。巴利
Yāni cattāri jhānāni, tesaṃ jhānānaṃ imāni aṅgāni, tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ samūho assa aṅgā, ayaṃ jhānabhūmi ko visesoti assa viseso. Ime sambhārā tehi ayaṃ samudāgamo, tassa samudāgamassa ayaṃ upanisā, tāya upanisāya ayaṃ bhāvanā. Tassā bhāvanāya ayaṃ ādīnavo. Tena ayaṃ parihāni. Kassa parihānīti tadupagajjhāyino . Taṃ yathā bhaṇitaṃ paccavekkhanto ayaṃ viseso. Tena visesena ayaṃ assādo, so kassa assādo ajhāniyā jhāyino, tassā ajhāniyā jhāyino, idaṃ kallitā kosalle ṭhitajjhānaṃ anomaddiyataṃ gacchati jhānabalaṃ, jhānabale ṭhitassa ayaṃ pāramippattassa imāni jhānaṅgāni anāvilasaṅkappo paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgāni bhāvī. So pīti tadanusārittāva paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ tassaṅguno ca dhammā tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgadhammatā kho pana tathā pavattassa sahagataṃ jhānaṅgadhammaṃ sasukhatāya ajjhattaṃ sampasādo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ manosampasādanatāya tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ samādhitā pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, cetaso ekodibhāvo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā phassatā tatiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, sukhaṃ tassa aṅganti ca. Cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā adukkhamasukhā catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, abhinisābhūmi upekkhāsatipārisuddhi catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ. Satipārisuddhi ca anekajjhābhūmīsu jhānaṅgasamāyuttā pīti cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ.
其中,什么是禅那地?有寻有伺,随顺于远离,这是初禅的禅那地。无寻无伺,内生净信,随顺于喜,这是第二禅的禅那地。与乐相应,有喜,这是第三禅的禅那地。舍苦乐,与胜解俱行,这是第四禅的禅那地。与无量俱,以有情为所缘,这是初禅的(另一种)禅那地。与胜处俱,在色想中,这是第二禅的(另一种)禅那地。与解脱俱,在解脱中,这是第三禅的(另一种)禅那地。与随观俱的身行,这是第四禅的正禅那地。巴利
Tattha katamā jhānabhūmi? Savitakke savicāre vivekā anugatā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Avitakke avicāre ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ janitaṃ pītimanugatā dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Sukhasātasamohitā sappītikā tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Tassa sukhadukkhasahagatā abhinīhārasahagatā catutthe jhāne jhānabhūmi. Appamāṇasahagatā sattārammaṇā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Abhibhūmiāyatanasahagatā rūpasaññīsu dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Vimokkhasahagatānaṃ vimokkhesu tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Anupassanāsahagatā kāyasaṅkhārā sammā catutthassa jhānassa bhūmi.
75 于此,什么是禅那差别?远离诸欲,远离诸恶不善法,心心所俱,超越欲界性,这是禅那差别。无寻且无伺,有喜,念俱,喜俱,想作意生起。这是禅那差别。在无寻地,唯当无伺时,随顺、舍俱之作意生起。随顺于法性,念结合。达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。念清净俱,想作意生起,达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。在识无边处俱地,无所有处俱,想作意生起,达到那地而住,这是禅那差别。巴利
Tattha katame jhānavisesā? Vivicceva kāmehi vivicca pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi cittacetasikasahagatā kāmadhātusamatikkamanatāpi, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkā ceva avicārā ca sappītikāya satisahagatāya pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkāya bhūmiyā avicāreyeva sati anugatā upekkhāsahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti. Tadanudhammatāya ca sati saṇḍahati . Tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Satipārisuddhisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatāya bhūmiyaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso.
什么是禅那的资粮?出离寻是资粮,意在驱除欲寻。无恚寻是资粮,意在驱除恚寻。无害寻是资粮,意在驱除害寻。守护根门、少欲知足是资粮,清净活命是四种等至的资粮,无作的安住。道的资粮,是等至的获得。果的资粮,是禅那的生起——禅那生起。善因:凡诸禅那得以生起,非从任何处而生起,乃于获得出离者中生起。所缘灭定,于寂静者中生起。于未超越者中生起。为舍断乐根、喜根,他们且以无恼害性而生起。那即是就此而生起。为不烧恼而生起。这是智的生起。巴利
Jhānasambhārā nekkhammavitakko sambhāro kāmavitakkavinodanādhippāyatā. Abyāpādavitakko sambhāro byāpādavitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Avihiṃsāvitakko sambhāro vihiṃsāvitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā appicchatā sambhāro parisuddhājīvo catunnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ sambhāro akammassa vihāritā. Maggasambhāro samāpattipajjanatā. Phalasambhāro jhānanibbattitāya jhānasamudāgamo. Kusalahetu yaṃ jhānaṃ samudayaṃ gacchanti ko ca na kutoci nekkhammappattā samudāgacchanti. Ālambanirodhasamādhi santo samudāgacchanti. Avītikkantā samudāgacchanti. Sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ pahānāya te ca abyāpajjatāya samudāgacchanti. Taṃ pana sandhāya samudāgacchanti. Aparidāhanāya samudāgacchanti. Ayaṃ ñāṇasamudāgamo.
76 于此,什么是近依?善友性是禅那的近依。善伴同住是禅那的近依。守护根门是禅那的近依。于善法不知满足是禅那的近依。听闻正法是禅那的近依。于可敬畏处心怀敬畏者,如理精勤。这便是禅那的近依。巴利
Tattha katamā upanisā? Kalyāṇamittatā jhānassa upanisā. Kalyāṇasampavaṅkatā jhānassa upanisā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā jhānassa upanisā. Asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu jhānassa upanisā. Saddhammassavanaṃ jhānassa upanisā. Saṃvejaniye ṭhāne saṃviggassa yoniso padhānaṃ. Ayaṃ jhānopanisā.
于此,什么是修习?修习慈,即是修习无恚寻。修习悲,即是修习无害寻。修习喜,成就喜乐与正知。修习舍——有见者的舍修习,无见者的舍与中舍。修习不净想,是苦行道与钝通达智,是有结的通达智,是有结的联结。此六种修习,已修习、已多作、已建立、已奠定基础、已作为乘、已熟习、已善加策动。这便是修习。巴利
Tattha katamā bhāvanā? Mettāsevanā abyāpādavitakkabhāvanā. Karuṇāsevanā avihiṃsāvitakkabhāvanā. Muditābhāvanā pītisukhasampajaññā kāritā. Upekkhābhāvanā passavatā upekkhābhāvanā apassavatā upekkhā ca ajjhupekkhā ca, asubhasaññābhāvanā dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññā bhavasandhābhiññā bhavasandhānaṃ, sā chabbidhā bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā anuṭṭhitā vatthukatā yānīkatā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.
如此修习者,其过患如下:在初禅中,此法与行相应,是未闻的、有漏的。如果此法是戒,是近对治,即是欲寻、欲伺;在诸等至中,此法即是最粗的寻与伺。在那里,它们扰动心,并令身疲劳;身疲劳时,心便受到损害。不堪引发神通,这些便是初禅的过患。巴利
Evaṃ bhāvayantassa ayaṃ ādīnavo. Paṭhame jhāne saṅkhārasamannāgato eso dhammo assuto sāsavo. Sace esa dhammo ayaṃ sīlo āsannapaṭipakkho ca esa dhammo kāmo paticāro pativicāro samāpattīnaṃ ca sabboḷāriko esa dhammo vitakkavicāro ca. Tattha cittaṃ khobhenti, kāyo cettha kilamati, kāyamhi cettha kilante cittaṃ vihaññati. Anabhinīhārakkhamova abhiññānaṃ ime ādīnavā paṭhame jhāne.
第二禅那的过患如下:此法与喜的遍满相应,心不能完全清净;此法是不净的靠近,是接近的危险;此法是忧的敌对者。在那里,喜由种种结合而败坏;此法难以达成,需避开不退转的怖畏境地。在四种苦中,此法伴随着随信行苦、障碍苦、神通苦与疾病苦。这些便是第二禅那的过患。巴利
Dutiye jhāne ime ādīnavā pītipharaṇasahagato ca eso dhammo, na samudācārasseti cittaṃ. Asodhayaṃ upagamo cesa dhammo upagamiparissayo domanassapaccatthiko cesa dhammo. Tattha tattha yuttīnaṃ pīti parajjato cesa dhammo dukkaraṃ hoti, avattasantāsabhūmiparivajjayanto catūsu dukkhatāsu esa dhammo anuviddhāpanasaddhāya dukkhatāya ca na palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññādukkhatāya ca rogadukkhatāya ca, ime ādīnavā dutiye jhāne.
第三禅那的过患是什么?在与舍乐相应的状态中,对于五种有乐者,舍乐转变了此法,由此,执持常想者便生起“一切存在皆如此”的想法。乐能引生苦,因心受扰乱而执取于苦乐,从而流转。又因随逐于苦乐,心不堪任引导。在神通等至中,所有这些法在三种禅那等至中,皆被四种苦所贯穿,即怖畏苦、障碍苦、神通苦。这些便是第三禅那的过患。巴利
Tattha katame ādīnavā tatiye jhāne? Upekkhāsukhasahagatāya tattha sātāvīnaṃ pañcannaṃ upekkhāsukhaṃ parivattito esa dhammo tena niccasaññitānañca yaṃ hoti. Dukkhopaniyaṃ sukhaṃ cittassa saṅkhobhataṃ upādāya sukhadukkhāya gato savati. Sukhadukkhānukatañca upādāya anabhihārakkhamaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Abhiññāya sacchikiriyāsu sabbepi cete dhammā tīsu jhānasamāpattīsu catūhi ca dukkhatāhi anuviddhānaṃ sā bhayā dukkhatāya palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññāya dukkhatāya ca ime ādīnavā tatiye jhāne.
什么是第四禅那的过患?于无所有处等至、诸法与随等至中,于此地执乐之愚痴凡夫,生起种种邪见。这些禅那,随粗色想与细色想而转,常与慈心禅那等善巧共通,甚为难修,而此一切四种大资粮,彼等禅那相互依止而聚集生起。诸法于此聚集而不圆满;未得相者,彼法退失;彼法灭尽,不取灭尽支;彼法之禅那相,非禅那相之想散乱。未曾得前,依于修习者而有。以这些过患,是为禅那之退失。巴利
Tattha katame ādīnavā catutthe jhāne? Ākiñcaññāsamāpattikā te dhammānusamāpattikā etissā ca bhūmiyaṃ sātānaṃ bālaputhujjanānaṃ anekavidhāni diṭṭhigatāni uppajjanti. Oḷārikā sukhumehi ca rūpasaññāhi anuvidhāni etāni jhānāni sadā anudayamettājhānakalānudanukalāya sādhāraṇā, dukkarā ca sabbe cattāro mahāsambhārā samudāgatāni ca etāni jhānāni aññamaññaṃ nissāya samudāgacchanti. Ettha samudāgatā ca ete dhammā na samattā honti. Asamuggahitanimittā ca ete dhammā parihāyanti. Nirujjhanti ca ete dhammā na upādiyanti nirujjhaṅgāni ca, etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni nimittāni na jhānanimittasaññā vokirati. Appaṭiladdhapubbā ca jhāyīvasena ca bhavati . Imehi ādīnavehi ayaṃ jhānaparihāni.
77 不思择灭尽定,还有余想者,生起与无所有处相应的想作意,便从灭尽定退失。有不动想者入无想处等至,生起与无所有处相应的作意,却不晓了彼地,便从彼退失。入无所有处等至者,生起与识无边处相应的想作意,却不晓了彼地,便从彼退失。入识无边处等至者,则与色想相应。广说……乃至初禅,应与欲想相应。退失者,或于染污的禅那中修染污,或遍修、破坏而修、不正而修、积集而修、于未圆满处而修;或过度策励而修、轻慢而修、身行未备而修、未了知缠缚的出离而修、为盖所覆而修、不念于息。禅那的味,是断除欲贪缠;禅那的味,也是以欲贪为因的诸法生起;这些法的禅那灭尽支、上妙之舍、断除欲业烦恼,便是味。如此,禅那的味又如是。在大众逼迫的世间住处,无觉悟之处,他便从禅那断除而去。这叫做障碍与无碍的世间住处。对于陷在无始轮回中的有情,这种禅那的利益在于舍断轮回。这就是禅那的味,对不修禅那的修习者而言。不修禅那的修习者,不执取不修禅那的修习而修;他们染污修习者的足迹,在对治中随而被破……巴利
Nirodhasamāpattiyā apaṭisaṅkhāya avasesasaññino ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, so nirodhasamāpattito parihāyati. Āneñjasaññino asaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāsahagatā. Vitthārena…pe… yāva paṭhame jhāne kāmasaññāsahagatā kātabbā. Sakassa parihāyati, kalaṅkajjhāne kalaṅkaṃ jhāyati, parisamantato jhāyati, bhindanto jhāyati, na sajjhāyati, āyūhanto jhāyati, kiñci ca niparicito jhāyati. Atividhāvanto jhāyati, atimaññanto jhāyati, kāyasaṅkhāre appaṭisambhāre jhāyati, pariyuṭṭhānassa nissaraṇaṃ ajānanto jhāyati, nīvaraṇābhibhūto jhāyati, assāpattimanasikaronto jhānassa assādo kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ pahānaṃ jhānassa assādo kāmarāgahetūnaṃ dhammānaṃ udayanti, nirujjhaṅgāni etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni uparimā sukhupekkhā kāmakammakilesānaṃ pahānaṃ assādo, evaṃ kho puna jhānassa assādo mahāsaṃvāsamappīḷite lokasaṃnivāse asambodhokāsā vigamessamidaṃ jhānappahānā. Ayaṃ palirodhamappalirodhalokasannivāse esanidhamidaṃ jhānaṃ anamataggasaṃsārasamāpannānaṃ sattānaṃ saṃsārappahānanā ānisaṃso, yamidaṃ jhānassa assādo kāyassa ajhāniyajhāyino bhavati. Ajhāniyajhāniyajhāyīhi aparāmasanto ajhāniyajhāyitaṃ jhāyati, yāni kalaṅkajjhāyino padāni, tāni anudhitāni paṭipakkhe.
78 于此,何等为禅那善巧?入定善巧是禅那善巧,禅那差别善巧是禅那善巧,禅那中间善巧是禅那善巧,出定善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那自性的善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那过患的善巧是禅那善巧,于禅那出离的善巧是禅那善巧,缘于禅那果的善巧也是禅那善巧。由禅那果而于省察之果,得不退失之法性;纵于所生的禅那游戏自在,也能得殊胜分的禅那。此即其余义:持有相、执取所缘而不倾注之力;与相俱的心一境性在诸相中,靠依止之力而无沉没;在禅那中道与果、止的现起;定的舍、前后相的依处;策励的念力;以及已现起的诸观在通称力中。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ jhānakosallaṃ? Samāpattikosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānavisesakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānantarikakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne sabhāvakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne ādīnavakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne nissaraṇakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānaphalena upādāya kosallaṃ, jhānaphalena paṭisaṅkhānaphale aparihānadhammatā nibbattijhāne ca kīḷitāpi visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabbhati. Idaṃ panassāti bhavahāritā ca ārammaṇānimittaggāho anabhinīhārabalaṃ, cittekaggatā nimittāsu gatisahitā samathabalena asaṃsīdanañca jhāne maggaphalaṃ samathaṃ pavatte samādhino upekkhāpalipubbāparanimittāsayo paggāhino satibalaṃ taṃ pavattitānañca vipassanānaṃ samaññābale.
在那里,什么是禅那巴拉密?最上巴拉密是慈。在欲中,有情被欲结缚;在那经中,以教说的表诠,开示了二谛——苦与集。以简择的方式,那些在结缚法中不见过患的人,他们能度越瀑流,这是不可能的。他们不得度越,于此便有道与简择。什么是它的足处?在欲中,有情以五种欲乐为足处,那是欲渴爱的足处。于结缚中不见过患,这是无明的足处;确实,永被结缚所捆缚的有情能度越瀑流,这是不可能的,而广大的执取则是足处。在欲中,有情的欲有两种:事欲与烦恼欲。其中,烦恼欲是欲渴爱,与欲渴爱相应,有色渴爱、有渴爱,以相的执取。于结缚中不见过患,那便是结缚。在那里,欲贪是什么的足处?是乐受与二根——乐根与喜根的足处。如此,执取乐受,也就执取了三受。执取受蕴,便执取所有五蕴。执取色、声、香、味、触,在事欲中执取,执取一切六外处。于内、外处中,有念者,这便称为相的执取。在那儿,住著于粗的烦恼中,在一切烦恼中,不能从更微细的烦恼离贪。在那儿,外结缚是我所,内结缚是我。在那儿,世尊的密意是什么?那些想要度越瀑流的人,他们会随观结缚法中的过患而安住,这便是世尊在此的密意。在欲中,有情以何者为所依、以何者为能依、以何者为所系,此四种行相属于一切诸取。巴利
Tattha katamā jhānapāramitā? Supāramitā mettā kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattāti yamhi sutte desanāya vohārena dve saccāni niddiṭṭhāni, dukkhañca samudayo ca, vicayena hārena ye saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu vajjaṃ na passanti, te oghaṃ tarissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Na tarissantīti atthi esā yutti ca vicayo ca idaṃ nu kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, kāmesu sattāti pañca kāmaguṇā, taṃ kāmataṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti avijjāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahantanti upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmesu sattāti kāmā dvidhā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca, tattha kilesakāmā kāmataṇhā kāmataṇhāya yuttā bhavanti rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā lakkhaṇena hārena, saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti saṃyojanassa. Yo tattha chandarāgo tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Sukhā vedanā dve ca indriyāni – sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca. Iti sukhāya vedanāya gahitāya tayopi vedanā gahitā honti. Vedanākkhandhe gahite sabbe pañcakkhandhā gahitā honti. Rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā gahitā, vatthukāmesu gahitesu sabbāni cha bāhirāni āyatanāni gahitāni honti. Ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu yo sato, ayaṃ vuccate lakkhaṇo hāro, tattha yo oḷārikamhi kilese ajjhāvasito sabbakilesesu yo na tato sukhumataresu na vītarāgo bhavati. Tattha bāhirasaṃyojanaṃ mamanti ajjhattasaṃyojanaṃ ahanti. Tattha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye oghaṃ taritukāmā te saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharissantīti ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Kāmesu sattāti yesu ca sattā yena ca sattā yesañca sattā ayaṃ catubbidho ākāro sabbesaṃ hārabhāgiyo.
79 在那里,什么是三颠倒的足处?心颠倒、见颠倒、想颠倒——这三种颠倒以三不善根为足处。三不善根是作劣胜业的足处。在四取中,嗔不善根现起。作劣胜业的足处,例如对母亲或父亲,或对某位大比丘给予无畏。在那儿,另一人以身行邪行,或以语行邪行。在那儿,他执取嗔恚,对那些尊者的守护、防护、保护而随护,给予尊者无畏。给予他们无畏时,却又在那儿行邪行。在那儿,他执取嗔恚,造作由嗔所生的业。在这儿,不善根所覆蔽,那些无畏的布施想,这是殊胜的因;我又在那邪行,这是嗔恚,是趣向劣处的业,也是贪与痴。这些盖的言说,那些四取,以那四取,那执取者,或女或男,对那些五蕴,在那儿执取那集起——这便是苦与集,那本身即是所说的取。巴利
Tattha katamāni tīṇi vipallāsāni padaṭṭhānāni ca? Cittavipallāsassa diṭṭhivipallāsassa saññāvipallāsassa tayo vipallāsā tīṇi akusalamūlāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi akusalamūlāni hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Catunnañca upādānānaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ dissati. Hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā mātuyā vā pituno vā aññatarassa vā puna uḷārassa bhikkhuno abhayaṃ deti. Tattha añño micchā paṭipajjeyya kāyena vā vācāya vā. Tattha so byāpādamupādāya tesaṃ uḷārānaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā anupālayanto yo uḷārānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Tesaṃ abhaye dinne yo tattha micchā paṭipajjeyya. Tattha so byāpādaṃ upādāyanto dosajaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Yo tattha asādhu indriyā nīvaraṇaṃ yaṃ tesaṃ abhayaṃ dakkhiṇato saññaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ kāraṇaṃ mayā puna tattha micchāpaṭipatti ayaṃ byāpādo hīnagamivakammaṃ lobho moho ca imāni nīvaraṇāni vacanāni tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi yo so upādāno itthī vā puriso vā tesaṃ pañcakkhandhānaṃ teyeva upādāno samudayo idaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca soyeva desanāhāro.
于此,那些不耽著于诸欲的人,他们以随观过患而不耽著。如此,对欲界有想要出离的意愿,这便称为出离欲。凡于此不造作任何有害的净化者,无论是流转还是其他,这是无嗔欲。任何不伤害,这是无害欲。如此,这三种倾向出离的欲——出离欲、无嗔欲、无害欲。其中,出离欲是无贪;无嗔欲是无嗔;无害欲是无痴。这三善根在八种成就中利益他人,它们导向那四种取的灭尽。或者,若再有造作之业,无论是黑业或白业,它们便导向其果报的舍断。此业非黑非白,导向业的灭尽。于此,三不善根的灭,这便是灭。那即是道,于此是道支;这二谛,这四谛,便是转回理趣。巴利
Tattha kāmesu ye na pajjanti, te ādīnavānupassanāya pajjanti. Itissā kāmadhātuyā nikkhamitukāmatā, ayaṃ vuccati nekkhammacchando. Yo tattha anabhisaṅkhārānaṃ kiñci visodheti tassa dhāvarā vā, ayaṃ abyāpādacchando. Kiñci vihiṃsati, ayaṃ vihiṃsāchando. Iti nekkhammābhinīhatā tayo chandā – nekkhammacchando abyāpādacchando avihiṃsāchando. Tattha nekkhammacchando alobho; abyāpādacchando adoso; avihiṃsāchando amoho. Imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni aṭṭhasu sampattesu parahitāni, tesaṃyeva catunnaṃ upādānānaṃ nirodhāya saṃvattanti. Sace vā puna kammaṃ kareyya kaṇhaṃ vā sukkaṃ vā tassa vipākahānāya saṃvattanti. Idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. Tattha yo tiṇṇaṃ akusalamūlānaṃ nirodho, ayaṃ nirodho. Soyeva maggo tattha paṭipadāni imāni dve saccāni imāni cattāri saccāni āvaṭṭo hāro.
“于诸欲执着的有情”:有学者以一种方式执着,凡夫者以二种方式执着。对此问题,应以分别论答释。入流者虽以受用而有所执着,却不依执取而执着,因为他致力于减损,而非增长。有学依烦恼之力受用诸欲,凡夫则因烦恼生起而受用诸欲。因此,“于诸欲执着的有情将渡四暴流”应以分别论解答,这便是分别论。巴利
Kāmesu sattāti ye sekkhā, te ekenevākārena sattā. Ye puthujjanā, te dvīhākārehi sattā, tassāyaṃ pañho vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo vattabbo. Kiñcāpi sotāpanno paṭisevanāya, no ca kho abhinivese satto yo hi apacayāya padahati, na upacayāya. Sekkho hi kilesavasena kāme paṭisevati. Puthujjano pana kilesasamuṭṭhānāya kāme paṭisevati. Tattha kāmesu sattānaṃ catuoghaṃ tarissatīti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vibhatti.
80 “转离”:那些既不执着于诸欲,也不与诸结相应者,他们将渡过广大、巨大的暴流。这是经中所说的对治法。巴利
Parivattanoti kāme ye neva sajjanti na ca saṃyojanehi saṃyuttā, te oghaṃ tarissanti vipulaṃ mahantanti. Ayaṃ suttassa paṭipakkho.
“异名”:凡执着于诸欲者,及依止诸欲功德者,于此即依异名说为执着;凡诸欲之食、诸法,于此亦依异名说为执着。其中,诸欲的这些异名是:成熟、尘、箭、疮、灾患。又或者有其他异名,也同样依此异名说为执着。执着、束缚、迷醉、贪着、耽溺,耽着于诸欲、沉溺其中、多所安住——这些或其他,都称为异名。以欲寻思施设、烦恼行境施设所施设的心,即是异名;执着、多所安住——或其他。这些以欲寻思施设、烦恼行境施设而施设,以种子施设而施设,诸行以结施设而施设,取以因施设而施设,补特伽罗以各别施设而施设。巴利
Vevacananti yo kāmesu satto yo ca tattha kāmānaṃ guṇo, tattha viso satto. Yepi kāmānaṃ āhārā dhammā, tattha viso satto. Tatthimaṃ kāmānaṃ vevacanaṃ pāko rajo sallaṃ gaṇḍo īti upaddavoti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni tattha viso sattoti vevacanaṃ. Satto bandho mucchito gadhito ajjhosito kāme ajjhāpannā parimutto tabbahulavihārīti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni, ayaṃ vevacano nāma. Kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocarapaññattiyā paññattā cittanti vevacanaṃ. Satto tabbahulavihārīti yāni vā pana aññāni. Ime kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocara paññattiyā paññattā, bījapaññattiyā paññattā, saṅkhārā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā, upādānaṃ hetupaññattiyā paññattaṃ, puggalo puthupaññattiyā paññatto.
“下降”——以此缘起,故有苦与集。凡是烦恼、诸行、诸结,以及于五蕴中的行蕴、于法处中的不善法处、于根中的乐根与喜根,这便是根的下降。巴利
Otaraṇoti imāya paṭiccasamuppādo dukkhañca samudayo ca. Ye kilesā ye saṅkhārā saṃyojanāni ca pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho dhammāyatanesu akusalā dhammāyatanāni indriyesu sukhindriyañca, somanassindriyañca, ayaṃ indriyotaraṇo.
“净化”——即此量。应知此精勤所指,正是经义。巴利
Sodhanoti ettako. Eseva ārambho niddisitabbo suttattho.
“确立”——这些法,有的依统一性而施设,有的依差异性而施设。那些外在的想与欲,是依差异性而施设的。“于五种欲乐中执着的众生”——缠缚与颠倒依差异性而施设;“应渡彼暴流,广大而巨大”——无明则依统一性而施设。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānoti ime dhammā atthi ekattatāya paññattā atthi vemattatāya. Ye saññā bāhiro kāme, te vemattatāya paññattā. Pañcasu kāmaguṇesu sattāti pariyuṭṭhānavipallāsā vemattatāya paññattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ. Vipulaṃ mahantanti avijjā ekattatāya paññattā.
“资具”——何为其因,何为其缘?以所缘缘性为缘;非如理作意,以所依缘性为缘;无明,以无间缘性为缘;贪随眠,以因缘性为缘。这是因,这是缘。巴利
Parikkhāroti tassa ko hetu ko paccayo? Ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Ayoniso ca manasikāro sannissayassa paccayatāya paccayo. Avijjā samanantarapaccayatāya paccayo. Rāgānusayo hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Ayaṃ hetu, ayaṃ paccayo.
“假立为缘”:凡于诸欲中的有情——善趣者、美貌者,此即欲界的欲与贪,这些是非福行。它们以何为缘?以无明为缘。它们是何者的缘?是识的缘。如是,无明缘行,行缘识,乃至老死,如此而有这整个大苦蕴的集起。一经已讫,当作五盖经。巴利
Samāropano paccayoti ye kāmesu sattā sugatā surūpāti ayaṃ kāmadhātuyā chando rāgo te apuññamayā saṅkhārā. Te kiṃ paccayā? Avijjā paccayā. Te kissa paccayā? Viññāṇassa paccayā. Iti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ evametassa kevalassa mahato dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ekaṃ suttaṃ gataṃ. Pañcanīvaraṇikaṃ suttaṃ kātabbaṃ.
81 其中,何谓教说理趣?凡贪欲、嗔恚、掉举,此是渴爱;凡昏沉睡眠、追悔、疑,此是见。然而,身的不适业性,虽属睡眠,却非自性烦恼;是故,心的沉滞与身的不适业性,此为分支随烦恼,而非自性烦恼。其中,与我想随行的疲倦,即是与追悔随行的昏沉,乃心的沉滞。如是,此五盖中,四盖为自性烦恼,昏沉睡眠盖则属盖的随烦恼。犹如四漏以自性漏性而为漏,非以心漏性而为漏——以自性为漏,以随分为漏性而为漏。然而经中说:凡与彼相应或不相应的诸漏,应说为有漏或无漏。巴利
Tattha katamo desanāhāro nāma? Yā ca abhijjhā yo ca byāpādo yañca uddhaccaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā. Yañca thinamiddhaṃ, yañca kukkuccaṃ yā ca vicikicchā, ayaṃ diṭṭhi. Yā pana kāyassa akammaniyatā kiñcāpi taṃ middhaṃ no tu sabhāvakilesatāya kileso, iti yā ca cittasallīyanā yā ca kāyākammaniyatā, ayaṃ pakkhopakileso na tu sabhāvakileso. Tattha attasaññānupacittaṃ kilamatho kukkuccānupacittaṃ thinaṃ yā cittassa līyanā, iti ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāri nīvaraṇāni sabhāvakilesā thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇapakkhopakileso. Yathā cattāro āsavā sabhāvaāsavatāya āsavā no tu cittasāsavatāya āsavā. Sabhāvatāya āsavā. Pakkhe āsavatāya āsavā. Atha panāha suttantaṃ yena te sampayuttā vā vippayuttā vā āsavā, teyeva ete vattabbā sāsavā vā anāsavā vā.
其中,什么是简择?贪欲即是欲渴爱、色渴爱、有渴爱;但凡有任何执取、有漏的贪欲者,以慈随观而行于不利。其中,凡生起嗔恚者,于“已行、将行”等事应作九种恼事;如此嗔恚随观者的烦恼即是热恼、身疲倦、不适业性及睡眠。心随观者以恼害而衰损,这便是昏沉睡眠。其中,事未止息,这是掉举。于“什么、如何、为何”的追想,这是追悔。如何于“如何”过度思量,这是疑。其中,有无明与渴爱,这是缠。有障碍、盖、覆蔽、随烦恼的欲贪,是欲贪缠的足处。嗔恚是嗔恚缠的足处。昏沉睡眠是昏沉睡眠缠的足处。掉举追悔是无明缠的足处。疑是疑缠的足处。欲贪缠是随眠结的足处。嗔恚缠是恼害结的足处。昏沉睡眠缠是慢结的足处。无明缠与疑缠是见结的足处。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo. Abhijjhā kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci ajjhosānagataṃ sāsavā abhijjhitassa mettānupassiya yo anatthaṃ carati. Tattha yo byāpādaṃ uppādeti, acari carissatīti. Evaṃ nava āghātavatthūni kattabbāni, tassevaṃ byāpādānupassissa kileso yo paridāho kāyakilamatho akammaniyatā middhaṃ. Cittānupassissa paṭighātena khiyanā, idaṃ thinamiddhaṃ. Tattha adhikaraṇaavūpasamo, idaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Yaṃ kiṃ kasathamīti idaṃ kukkuccaṃ. Yaṃ yathā idaṃ santīraṇaṃ, ayaṃ vicikicchā. Tattha avijjā ca taṇhā ca atthi, idaṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso ca atthi, idaṃ kāmacchando kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādo byāpādapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vicikicchā vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ anusayasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭighasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṃ mānasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjāpariyuṭṭhānañca vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānañca diṭṭhisaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相理趣?宣说欲贪缠时,一切缠便已被宣说。宣说诸结时,一切结便已被宣说。这便是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhāne vutte sabbāni pariyuṭṭhānāni vuttāni hontīti. Saṃyojanesu vuttesu sabbasaṃyojanāni vuttāni honti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
82 其中,什么是四阵列理趣?这五盖是禅那的敌对者(障碍),即是苦集。其所结的果报,即是苦。其中,对治欲贪的是出离思惟;对治嗔恨的是无嗔恚思惟;对治其余三盖的是无害思惟。如是这三种思惟:出离思惟属于定蕴,无嗔恚思惟属于戒蕴,无害思惟属于慧蕴。这便是三种蕴。圣八支道导向诸盖的舍断。诸盖的舍断,即是灭。这四种谛,便是四阵列理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Ye ime pañca nīvaraṇā jhānapaṭipakkho so dukkhasamudayo. Yaṃ phalaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Tattha kāmacchandassa nekkhammavitakko paṭipakkho; byāpādassa abyāpādavitakko paṭipakkho; tiṇṇaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ avihiṃsāvitakko paṭipakkho. Iti ime tayo vitakkā. Nekkhammavitakko samādhikkhandhaṃ bhajati. Abyāpādavitakko sīlakkhandhaṃ bhajati. Avihiṃsāvitakko paññākkhandhaṃ bhajati. Ime tayo khandhā. Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo nīvaraṇappahānāya saṃvattati. Yaṃ nīvaraṇappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
其中,什么是转回理趣?五盖成为十种。凡是于内有染着,那也是盖;凡是于外有染着,那也是盖。如是乃至疑,这十种盖。内外的烦恼,即是内结与外结这两种结。其中,“我”是内,“我所”是外。有身见是内,六十一见处是外。凡于内对诸色的欲未离贪、未离欲者,如是至于识,这是内渴爱。凡于六外处与三有中的执取,这是外渴爱。这两谛是诸结与所应结之法。其中,于所应结法中,凡是厌离随观,这是道;诸结的断除是灭。这是转回理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Pañca nīvaraṇāni dasa bhavanti. Yadapi ajjhattaṃ sārajjati , tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ. Yadapi bahiddhā sārajjati, tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ, evaṃ yāva vicikicchā ime dasa nīvaraṇā. Ajjhattabahiddhā kilesā imāni dve saṃyojanāni ajjhattasaṃyojanañca bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. Tattha ahanti ajjhattaṃ, mamanti bahiddhā. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi ajjhattaṃ, ekasaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni bahiddhā. Yo ajjhattaṃ chandarāgo rūpesu avītarāgo bhavati avītacchando. Evaṃ yāva viññāṇe, ayaṃ ajjhattā taṇhā. Yaṃ chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu tīsu ca bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ bahiddhā taṇhā. Imāni dve saccāni saṃyojanāni saṃyojanīyā ca dhammā. Tattha saṃyojanesu dhammesu yā nibbidānupassanā ca, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ saṃyojanappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
其中,什么是区分理趣?“结”并非一向如此。慢结属于见的部分,并非一向如此,若未见慢而依止于慢,则不能断除。凡是五上分结中的慢,虽然它或许属于见的一分,但下分结并不导向对它的断除。凡是未断除我慢者,他这样想:“我何时将现证那寂静处,具足而住,如同诸圣者具足寂静处而住。”这是贪欲,但那并非盖。然而,阿拉汉有身受苦,睡眠也会侵入,但那并非盖,他的昏沉睡眠不是盖。并非一向如此。这是区分理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo vibhattihāro? Saṃyojananti na etaṃ ekaṃsena. Mānasaṃyojanaṃ diṭṭhibhāgiyanti na taṃ ekaṃsena adiṭṭhamānaṃ nissāyamānaṃ na pajahati. Yo pañca uddhambhāgiyo māno kiñcāpi so diṭṭhipakkhe siyā. Na tu orambhāgiyaṃ saṃyojanaṃ tassa pahānāya saṃvattatīti. Yo ca ahaṃkāro na paviddhoyaṃ panassa evaṃ hoti. Kadāsu nāmāhaṃ taṃ santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmi, yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissantīti, ayaṃ abhijjhā na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ. Atthi pana arahato kāyakilesamiddhañca okkamati na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ tassa thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇanti. Na ekaṃsena. Ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
“转变”:五盖以五支禅那而得断除。这是它们的对治法,“某盖已断”不应凭其他来推度,胜义上处于中舍,这是转变。巴利
Parivattanoti pañca nīvaraṇā pañcaṅgikena jhānena pahānaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ tesaṃ paṭipakkho nīvaraṇo asukassa pahīnāti na aññānuminitabbaṃ, paramatthamajjhattaṃ, ayaṃ parivattanā.
于此,哪些是同义词?“欲贪”、“欲染”、“爱”、“欣求”是同义词;“盖”、“障碍”、“随烦恼”、“缠缚”是同义词。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano? Kāmacchando chandarāgo pemaṃ nikantīti vevacanaṃ. Nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso pariyuṭṭhānanti vevacanaṃ.
所谓施设:以无明为缘,是作用施设的施设;嗔恚,是散乱施设的施设;昏沉睡眠,是不断除施设的施设。如此,本经中这五种盖,全都属于散乱施设的施设。巴利
Paññattīti avijjāpaccayā kiccapaññattiyā paññatti, byāpādo vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti, thinamiddhaṃ asamugghātapaññattiyā paññatti. Evaṃ sabbepi ete pañca nīvaraṇā imamhi sutte vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti.
于此,何为下陷?即这五盖、无明与渴爱。其中,诸盖以无明为根;那渴爱与这些行,皆以无明为缘。此二法在五蕴中属于行蕴,在诸处中属于法处,在诸界中属于法界;在诸根中,这些法的立足处是乐根、喜根、女根、男根。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā avijjā ca taṇhā ca tattha avijjāmūlā nīvaraṇā. Yā taṇhā ime saṅkhārā, te avijjāpaccayā ime dve dhammā pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, indriyesu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sukhindriyassa ca somanassindriyassa ca itthindriyassa ca purisindriyassa ca.
于此,何为净化理趣?此经是依其所缘而施设,其义便以此五句而说。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ suttaṃ yathā ārabbha nikkhittaṃ so attho bhāsito imehi pañcahi padehi.
于此,欲贪、嗔恚与疑并非依一性而施设,诸欲亦非依一性而施设,而是依种种性而施设。此为确立理趣。巴利
Tattha kāmacchando ca byāpādo ca vicikicchā ca na ekattatāya paññattā, kāmāti na ekattatāya paññattā, atha khalu vemattatāya paññattā. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
于此,什么是资具?欲贪——不如理作意为净相所缘的缘,净相为因。嗔恚——不如理作意为诸嗔恚事的缘,嗔随眠为因。昏沉睡眠——懈怠为缘;起时的疲倦与动摇为其因。掉举与追悔——可染著所缘、可贪所缘、耽著诸根、智未圆满为缘;欲想与见随眠为因。疑——以九种慢类为所缘,慢随眠为缘;疑随眠为因。此五法皆与因俱、与缘俱而生起。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Kāmacchandassa ayoniso manasikāro subhārammaṇapaccayo; subhanimittañca hetu. Byāpādassa ayoniso manasikāro āghātavatthūni ca paccayo; paṭighānusayo hetu. Thinamiddhassa paṭisaṃhāro paccayo; pavattiyā kilamathā calanā tañca hetu. Uddhaccakukkuccassa rajanīyaṃ ārammaṇiyaṃ assādiyākindriyaṃ tāva aparipuṇṇañca ñāṇaṃ paccayo; kāmasaññā ca diṭṭhianusayo ca hetu. Vicikicchāya nava mānavidhā ārammaṇaṃ mānānusayo, sova paccayo; vicikicchānusayo hetu. Ete pañca dhammā sahetu sappaccayā uppajjanti.
于此,如何是安立理趣?这些五盖,亦即彼四漏,亦即彼疮,亦即彼箭,亦即彼诸取。在那些外法中,此经被施设为杂染分。这是安立理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāropi ete āsavā gaṇḍāpi ete sallāpi ete upādānāni ete. Tesu eva bāhiresu dhammesu saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttanti paññattiṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
已说杂染分之经。巴利
Niddiṭṭhaṃ saṃkilesikabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti gāthā.
其中,什么是教说理趣?在此经中,以蕴的分别来教导识蕴,以界的分别来教导意识界,以处的分别来教导意处,以根的分别来教导意根。这些法以什么为前导?简要而言,六法为前导——善根、不善根与无相。此经中即教导了善根。其中,什么是“意前导法”?意是这些法的前导,犹如国王是军队的前导,同样地,意是诸法的前导。其中,三种前导是:以出离欲为前导、以无嗔欲为前导、以不害欲为前导。无贪以出离欲为前导,无嗔以无嗔欲为前导,无痴以不害欲为前导。其中,“意”——这些法由意所生起,或由意所造作。或者,意在这些法中是最胜的,意是这些法中的最胜、最上者,或者意对这些法行使主导权,故称“意最胜”。“意”——指意所去之处。这些法亦去往那里,故称“意速”。犹如风快速行进,或其他任何快速行进者被称为“风速”、“鸟速”,同样地,这些法随顺意而生起、行进,因此这些法行进,故称“意速”。它们有三种:欲所生起的、清净的与寻。七种为身善行、语善行,这些是十善业道。其中,“意”是意业,“语”是语业,“身”是身业。在此经中,这些十善业道是最上的,也是戒行者的最上。它导向转起,不导向世间出离,成为习气部分的经。这是教导。巴利
Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte ko attho khandhavavatthānena viññāṇakkhandhaṃ deseti, dhātuvavatthānena manoviññāṇadhātuṃ, āyatanavavatthānena manāyatanaṃ, indriyavavatthānena manindriyaṃ. Tassa kiṃ pubbaṅgamā dhammā? Saṃkhittena cha dhammā pubbaṅgamā dhammā kusalamūlāni ca akusalamūlāni ca animittaṃ imamhi sutte kusalamūlaṃ desitaṃ. Tattha katamā manopubbaṅgamā dhammā? Mano tesaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ, yathāpi balassa rājā pubbaṅgamo, evameva dhammānaṃ manopubbaṅgamā. Tattha tividhānaṃ pubbaṅgamānaṃ nekkhammacchandena abyāpādacchandena avihiṃsāchandena. Alobhassa nekkhammacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Adosassa abyāpādacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Amohassa avihiṃsāchandena pubbaṅgamā. Tattha manoseṭṭhāti manasā ime dhammā ussaṭā manena vā nimmitā. Manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhajeṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ karotīti manoseṭṭhā. Manojavāti yattha mano gacchati. Tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavā. Yathā vāto sīghaṃ gacchati añño vā koci sīghaṃ gāmako vuccate vātajavoti pakkhigāmikoti, evameva ime dhammā manena sampajāyamānā gacchanti, tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavāti. Te tividhā chandasamudānitā anāvilatā ca saṅkappo. Sattavidhā ca kāyikaṃ sucaritaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ, te dasa kusalakammapathā. Tattha manasā ce pasannenāti manokammaṃ. Bhāsati vāti vacīkammaṃ. Karoti vāti kāyakammaṃ. Imehi imasmiṃ sutte dasa kusalakammapathā paramāpi santā sīlavatā paramā. So bhavati vivattiyaṃ na lokaniyyānāya vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ bhavati. Ayaṃ desanā.
其中,什么是抉择理趣?“意前导法”即是善根与八支正道。这便是此经。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti kusalamūlāni ca aṭṭhaṅgasammattāni. Idaṃ suttaṃ.
“合理”——十善业道的果报,是应受乐受、与无嗔相应的。如影随形,不离去,此即合理。巴利
Yuttīti dasannaṃ kusalakammapathānaṃ yo vipāko, so sukhavedanīyo abyāpādassaṅgamāno. Chāyāva anapāyinīti anugacchati atthi esā yutti.
“足处”:即十八意行的足处。“意前导之法”:这些法是一切善分的足处。“意”:心的净信,这是信根的足处。“语”:这是正语的足处。“身”:这是正业与正精进的足处。巴利
Padaṭṭhānanti aṭṭhārasannaṃ manopavicārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti sabbakusalapakkhassa ime dhammā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti yo cetaso pasādo, idaṃ saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Bhāsati vāti sammāvācāya. Karoti vāti sammākammantassa ca sammāvāyāmassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
“相”:所谓“前导法”——这些也可以是受前导的,这些也可以是想前导的,这些也可以是行前导的。凡是俱生的诸法,这些法都是它们的前导。“从彼乐随逐于他”:喜悦也随逐它;当它带有极乐之影时,那时乐也随逐它。巴利
Lakkhaṇoti iti pubbaṅgamā dhammāti vedanāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saññāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saṅkhārapubbaṅgamāpi ete. Ye keci dhammā sahajātā sabbe pubbaṅgamā etesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti somanassamapi naṃ anveti yaṃ susukhacchāyā tadāpi naṃ sukhaṃ tadapi anveti.
84 于此,什么是四阵列理趣?“意前导”——这不是单数词。什么原因呢?因为涉及一切六识身。在此,世尊的意趣是什么?那些希求安乐的人,他们令心清净——这就是此经中世尊的意趣。其义理已在前文阐明。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Manopubbaṅgamāti na idaṃ ekādivacanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Sabbe yeva ime chaviññāṇakāyā, imamhi bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sukhena atthikā, te manaṃ pasādentīti ayaṃ imamhi sutte bhagavato adhippāyo. Attho pubbeyeva niddiṭṭho.
凡是善根,它们是八种利益的因,这便是八正道。十处是教说的因、教说的缘与教说。于此,我认为与苦俱的名色即是识谛,以某支分而舍断善根,这是未舍断地的集。由断除它们,这是灭。此即四谛。这是转回理趣。巴利
Yāni hi kusalamūlāni, tāni aṭṭhānisaṃsamattā hetu, ayaṃ aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Dasa ṭhānāni desanāhetūni desanāpaccayā niddesanā ca. Tattha yaṃ maññe dukkhena saha nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasaccanti aṅgena kusalamūlaṃ pahīyati, ayaṃ appahīnabhūmiyaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ tesaṃ pahānā, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
诸法以意为前导,以意为最胜,由意所成;
若以清净之心,或语或行;
因此,快乐便追随他,犹如影子永不分离。巴利
Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinīti.
此非于沙门或婆罗门一向皆然。若彼邪见之人,于自宗义心生净信,以此净心发言作答,快乐却并不随逐此人,不能如影常随,唯有痛苦紧随不舍。犹如运转之车轮,紧随牛迹而行。于此义理,应当分别解说。若以清净之心造作身业、语业,当其因缘正合之时,便感乐受;当因缘乖谬之时,便感苦受。此即是分别之说。巴利
Taṃ na ekaṃsena samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā pana hoti. Tassa vā micchādiṭṭhikassa sakasatthe cittaṃ pasādeti, tena ca pasannena cittena bhāsati byākaroti na taṃ sukhamanveti na chāyāva anugāminī, dukkhameva taṃ anveti. Yathā vahantaṃ cakkaṃ padamanveti, idaṃ taṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Manasā ce pasannena kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ sukhavedanīyanti samaggate sukhavedanīyaṃ micchaggate dukkhavedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
其中,什么是反转理趣?“诸法以意为前导”——若以染污的心说话或行动,苦便随逐于他。这两则经文已被宣说,此即其对立面。同义词者,即此意、心、识、意根、意识界。巴利
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti yaṃ manasā paduṭṭhena bhāsati vā karoti vā dukkhamassānugāminī, etāniyeva dve suttāni bhāsitāni esa eva ca paṭipakkho. Vevacananti yadidaṃ manocittaṃ viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
施设——“诸法以意为前导”:此意是由某种施设而施设的。“诸法”是由善业道的施设而施设的。“以意为最胜”是由殊胜的施设而施设的。“意速”是由俱生的施设而施设的。“心”是由出离的施设而施设的。“若以清净的心”是由信根的施设而施设的。“若以清净的心”是由无混浊寻的第二禅的施设而施设的。“若以清净的心”是由不信的对治的施设而施设的。“说话”是由正语的施设而施设的。“行动”是由正业的施设而施设的。“那么快乐随着他”是诸禅那的定。在诸根中是意根。在缘起中是识。“诸法以意为前导”是慈与柔软,于诸禅那中是第二禅与第三禅。在诸蕴中,摄属于行蕴。在诸界中是法界,在诸处中是法处。凡是善的,在诸根中是乐根与喜根的基础。这些缘起所生的诸法,以触为缘即是乐受的触、乐受,在意寻思中是喜寻思,在三十六句的第一句中,是六种依于出离的喜。如此,这是契入理趣。巴利
Paññattīti manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti ayaṃ mano kiñci paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Dhammāti kusalakammapathapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manoseṭṭhāti visiṭṭhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manojavāti sahapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cittanti nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti saddhindriyapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti anāvilasaṅkappadutiyajjhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ . Manasā ce pasannenāti assaddhānaṃ paṭipakkhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Bhāsati vāti sammāvācāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Karoti vāti sammākammantapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti jhānasamādhānaṃ. Indriyesu manindriyaṃ. Paṭiccasamuppāde viññāṇaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti mettā ca mudutā ca jhānesu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyañca. Khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Yaṃ kusalaṃ indriyesu sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭiccasamuppannānaṃ phassapaccayā sukhavedanīyo phasso sukhavedanā manopavicāresu somanassavicāro chattiṃsesu paṭhamapadesu cha somanassanekkhammassitā. Iti ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
其中,什么是净化理趣?为某一义理而宣说此经。此义已然决定,此经即为此义而说。这是净化理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yaṃ atthaṃ ārabbha idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ. So attho niyutto etamatthaṃ ārabbha suttaṃ. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
85 其中,什么是确立理趣?“诸法以意为前导”是同义词施设,非一性施设。“诸法”是一性,非同义词施设。“若以清净的心”——那种清净有两种:内在是无嗔恨的镇伏,外在是依信。内在的清净又分两种:根除的清净与镇伏的清净;被嗔恨遍满的破坏,并非根本的清净,亦非已生的清净,清净伴随嗔恨与破坏。“那么快乐便跟随他”:快乐有身乐与心乐,如不爱的别离、爱的会合、出离之乐、凡夫之乐、喜觉支——这些是心的快乐。身轻安者所感受的快乐,也属于身的快乐;诸觉支是心的快乐。身轻安者所感受的快乐,也是那种快乐的基础,依施设如所说,那是诸善法的无执取。“跟随”意指安止、显现,然而这已达到的状态并不随之而行。此经应以两种行相来确立:以因——谁是清净心者;以果报——谁是领受苦者。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti vevacanapaññatti, na ekattapaññatti. Dhammāti ekato na vevacanapaññatti. Manasā ce pasannenāti so pasādo dvidho ajjhattañca abyāpādāvikkhambhanabahiddhā ca okappanato. So ajjhattapasādo dvidho. Samugghātapasādo ca vikkhambhanapasādo ca byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Vighāto na mūlapasādo jātamūlampi vā. Pasādo sabyāpādaṃ vighātena. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti sukhaṃ kāyikañca cetasikañca appiyavippayogopi piyasampayogopi nekkhammasukhampi puthujjanasukhampi pītisambojjhaṅgampi cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ . Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tampi kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ bojjhaṅgā ca cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ. Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedesi, tampi tañca sukhapadaṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā yathāvuttaṃ taṃ aparāmaṭṭhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anvetīti appanā sandissati na cāyaṃ vā pattabhūto anveti. Tadidaṃ suttaṃ dvīhi ākārehi adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Hetunā ca yo pasannamānaso vipākena ca yo dukkhavedanīyo.
“装备”:世尊与五百比丘僧团一同进入王舍城(Rājagaha) 。在那里,有一个人供养侍奉世尊,生起了净信,也修习善根的前行。他又向他人宣说,说出这样的话:“那些世尊进入其舍宅的人,实得利益;如果我们能有,我们也能获得对世尊的净信。”他朝着世尊所在的方向合掌礼敬,口中说“礼敬世尊,礼敬世尊”,以无嗔恨心立于一旁。随后,世尊便宣说了这部经:“诸法以意为前导”等等。整部经的缘起便是如此:他向他人所说,这是语业;他合掌礼敬,这是身业;意的净信,这是意业。在那里,他向他人显示、称赞功德:“那些世尊前往其住所者……”这一切属于他的无贪善根。他对世尊怀有慈心,这是他的无嗔善根。他合掌礼敬并折伏骄慢,其中他的无痴善根得以显现。他获得广大的慧,这是舍断见颠倒;他如此防护,这是舍断想颠倒;意的净化,这是舍断心颠倒——这是镇伏不善颠倒、作为舍断的缘。三善根、无混浊心的思惟,这称为他的作意。镇伏烦恼:如此,颠倒与所缘依有缘性为缘,善根依显现性为缘,那作意依因为缘,由此为缘,心生起。在此,以导师为所缘的心转起,这是佛随念。他作意世尊的功德,这是他的法随念。在那里,念与正知是因,这也是缘。语以慧为因,寻与伺为缘。身行是业的造作,名为因或非缘,是乐受业之积集,有因之业以此为缘。巴利
Parikkhāroti bhagavā pañcasatena bhikkhusaṅghena nagaraṃ pavisati rājagahaṃ. Tattha manusso puggalo bhagavantaṃ parivisati, tassa pasādo uppanno kusalamūlapubbayogāvacaropi. So aññesañca akkhāti, idaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati lābhā tesaṃ, yesaṃ nivesanaṃ bhagavā pavisati, amhākampi yadi bhaveyya mayampi bhagavato saṃpasādaṃ lacchamhāti. Yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ‘‘namo bhagavato namo bhagavato’’ti abyāpādamāno ekamante aṭṭhāsi. Tadanantare bhagavā imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsittha ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti. Sabbaṃ suttaṃ tathā yaṃ paresaṃ bhāsati idaṃ vācākammaṃ. Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti, idaṃ kāyakammaṃ. Yo manopasādo, idaṃ manokammaṃ. Tattha yaṃ paresaṃ pakāseti bhāsati vaṇṇaṃ. Yesaṃ bhagavā nivesanaṃ gacchatīti. Sabbaṃ tassa alobho kusalamūlaṃ. Yaṃ bhagavati mettacitto, tassa adoso kusalamūlaṃ . Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti mānañca niggaṇhāti, tatthassa amoho kusalamūlaṃ pātubhavati. Yaṃ uḷārapaññaṃ paṭilabhati, idamassa diṭṭhivipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ tathāyeva saṃvaro hoti, idamassa saññāvipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ manassa pasādanaṃ, idamassa cittavipallāsappahānanti akusalavipallāsānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ pahānaṃ paccayo. Tīṇi kusalamūlāni yo anāvilacittasaṅkappo, so tassa manasikāroti vuccati. Yaṃ kilesehi vikkhambhanaṃ iti vipallāsā ca ārammaṇā sappaccayatāya paccayo kusalamūlāni ca sandissayatāya paccayo, so ca manasikāro hetunā iminā paccayena cittaṃ uppannaṃ. Tattha yaṃ sasatthārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattaṃ ayaṃ buddhānussati. Yampi bhagavato guṇe manasi karoti, ayamassa dhammānussati. Tattha satisampajaññaṃ hetu, ayañca paccayo. Vācā paññā hetu vitakkavicārā paccayo. Kāyasaṅkhārā kammassa abhisaṅkhāro nāma hetu vā appaccayo sukhavedanīyassa kammassa upacayo hetukā kammassa paccayo.
86 其中,什么是安立理趣?仅凭意之净信——在此确是净信,且由心的清净,众生得以解脱。因此,众生以心为先导,以净信心,思也于彼成为心的性质;这是对思之净信的障碍。其身亦为净信;他以净信发动,以净信而净信,其想不颠倒,此乃五种镇伏。仅由身轻安的净信,心所依止,然而心先前已净信。这便是增益。如此五种净信。“而后乐随着他而来”——世尊指示了什么?确实并非有真实的自我,而是彼业之果报随他而来。他的方便随行:当依止寂静而生起喜悦时,无追悔也随之而来。这便是增益的论述。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Manasāyeva pasannena satoyevettha pasanno api ca cittavodānā sattā vimuccantīti tena sattā cittapubbaṅgamā cittena pasannena cetanāpi tattha cittabhūtā bhavantīti paṭighā ayaṃ cetanānaṃ pasādena kāyo cassa pasādo , so ca ārabhati pasādena pasanno saññānanti cassa aviparītā, so pañcavidho vikkhambhanā, kāyapassambhanāyevā pasādo cittasito cittaṃ pana pubbaṃyeva pasannaṃ. Ayaṃ samāropanā. Evaṃ pañcannampi pasādo. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti katamaṃ bhagavā niddisati? Na hi attasaccaṃ tassa kammassa vipāko anveti. Tassa upāyo anugacchati yadā sitapaccayā uppajjate somanassaṃ avippaṭisāropi anveti. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
玛哈那玛(Mahānāma) 释氏的经中说:“若在那时,无念、无正知而命终,便会生于欲界。”对于无念者,应当作意摄持:“玛哈那玛,莫要害怕!那颗心长久以来以信修习、以戒修习、以闻与舍修习……”对此应详细说明。以舍和慧,是要显示什么?信是心的净信。无混浊的思择,即是信。为何如此?信的性相是无混浊。也有人说,信的特相是看清功德、心得决定;又有人说,信的特相是领受言教。另有方式:若自己这样确定——“我于此确无所知,这是我在那里被容许的、不为他所知的”,这便是信。又一种方式:观察六十一种邪见的过患,了知无常、苦、无我。由此而见,犹如在深井中以眼看见水,但身体尚未触到。这样,他有了圣者的忍,可称为见,而尚未现证。这便名为信,是属于世间的。另有方式:凡夫接受二十种见解等,但凡依止有身见者,并非执取;这还不是决定。以如实见而有法想,然而确实是依五种软根、以见道而舍断。能见一处烦恼,这是信。巴利
Mahānāma sakkassa suttaṃ . Tasmiṃ ce samaye assato asampajāno kālaṃ kareyya kāme bhavati. Assato abhisamāhāro yo mā bhāyi, mahānāma, yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ sutacāgaparibhāvitanti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Cāgena ca paññāya ca kiṃ dasseti? Yā saddhā, sā cetaso pasādo. Yā anāvilasaṅkappitā, sā saddhā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Anāvilalakkhaṇā. Anāvilalakkhaṇā hi saddhā. Apare āhu guṇaparisuddhiniṭṭhāgamanalakkhaṇā, yañca apare vā vacanapaṭiggahalakkhaṇā saddhā. Aparo pariyāyo attānaṃ yadi evaṃ okappeti ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci jānāmīti esā ahaṃ tattha anuññattā anaññatā’’ti. Ayaṃ saddhāti. Aparo pariyāyo ekasaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ ādīnavānupassanā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti. Tena ca padiṭṭhaṃ bhavati yathā gambhīre udapāne udakaṃ cakkhunā passati na ca kāyena abhisambhunāti. Evamassa ariyā nijjhānakkhantiyā diṭṭhi bhavati, na ca sacchikatā. Ayaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sā ca lokikā. Aparo pariyāyo khamati puthujjanabhūtassa vīsati cāti ko sakkāyādhīnā na niveso. Na etaṃ ekanti nayasaññā yathābhūtaṃ diṭṭhiyā tu khalu mudūhi pañcahi indriyehi dassanamaggena pahīnā bhavanti. Diṭṭhekaṭṭhā ca kilesā, ayaṃ saddhā.
在入流道支的苦地中,这才称为圆满。在那地中,有学戒被称为“圣者所持守”。在那地中,柔软之慧被称为慧根。在那地中,对诸蕴无所贪求,这便是舍。因此,信应当以舍的住立来说明。以过度的思量,那是他颠倒的见与不信,于眼等依处放逸而执取。在这里,信根(欲的遍满等)是断恶,而非舍的住立;以慧根为慧的住立,以戒为寂止的住立。这四种法应修习:信、戒、舍、慧。其中,以信渡过暴流,戒是不放逸,舍是慧的业用,慧即慧根。其中,信根在三证净中;戒在信根中;舍在四禅那中;慧在诸谛中;念则遍行一切处。那有学者具备善的现生,善的来世。当他失念时,由戒而作,故不因身失念,那些根或那善根便成为业与果报。这是三义分别。其中,信、戒、舍、慧四法,信与慧是意善行;戒是身善行、语善行;舍是心所的无贪善行。当如此把握心时,便把握了五蕴。以这些法的善行,此苦圣谛是道的足处。巴利
Sotāpattaṅgamadukkhāyaṃ bhūmiyaṃ paripuṇṇā vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ ariyā dhāranti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ mudupaññā paññindriyanti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ khandhehi anatthikatā, ayaṃ cāgo. Tasmā saddhā cāgādhiṭṭhānena niddisitabbā. Yatikena bhiyyo manena sā hissa viparītā diṭṭhikā assaddhā, sā nayanaupadhīsu pamattā samādinnā. Tattha saddhindriyaṃ yo kāmaṃ parivissanti iti santapāpapaṭinissaggā na cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paññindriyena paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ, sīlena upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā sīlaṃ paribhāvayanti saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo ca paññāti. Tattha saddhāya oghaṃ tarati. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, ayaṃ appamādo. Yo cāgo, idaṃ paññāya kammaṃ. Yā paññā, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ, tattha yaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Taṃ tīsu aveccappasādesu. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ saddhindriyesu. Yo cāgo, so catūsu jhānesu. Yā paññā, sā saccesu, sati sabbatthagāminī. Tassa sekkhassa bhaddikā bhati, bhaddiko abhisamparāyo. Tassa sammuṭṭhassatikassa sīlaṃ karontassa na kāyasammuṭṭhassatitāya tāni vā indriyāni taṃ vā kusalamūlaṃ kammavipākaṃ bhavati. Tassa tikassa atthaniddeso. Tattha saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññā cattāro dhammā. Yā saddhā yā ca paññā, idaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, idaṃ kāyikaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ. Yo cāgo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ alobho sucaritaṃ. Iti citte gahite pañcakkhandhā gahitā bhavanti. Imehi dhammehi sucaritaṃ idaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ maggassa.
87 其中,什么是抉择理趣?信与戒。它们有何作用?以信随念世尊;即使遇到醉象,或遇野狗等,也不以身、不以语违犯任何戒行,处于无畏,成为无有追悔者;慧则为他安立所施设的道理。对于他那无缺的戒,若不随后而在那愚痴中生起不善心,或生起与邪见相应之心,这便是抉择理趣。说法者将拥有善的现生,这便是此中道理。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yā ca saddhā yañca sīlaṃ. Taṃ kissa karoti? Yā saddhā tāya bhagavantaṃ anussarati mattenapi hatthinā samāgatā, assa bho kukkurā sabbaṃ sīlena nappaṭipajjati kāyena vā vācāya vā ṭhānaṃ visārado bhavatīti avippaṭisārī paññā yassa paññattaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Tassa akhaṇḍassa sīlaṃ yaṃ na pacchi tassaṃ mohassa akusalacittaṃ uppajjati micchādiṭṭhisahagataṃ vā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro. Dhammavādino bhaddikārāti bhavissati atthi esā yutti.
其中,什么是足处理趣?那心经久以来以信、戒、舍、慧、定所修习,即是初禅的足处。他有信而无浊的思惟,则是第二禅的足处。三种证净与戒,是圣者所爱,那是戒蕴的足处。慧是慧蕴的足处。这些法与此心,是定心一境性的足处。信是信根的足处。舍是定根的足处。慧是慧根的足处。信与慧是观的足处。戒与舍是止的足处。信与慧是无明离染、慧解脱的足处。戒与舍是贪离染、心解脱的足处。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yamidaṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ saddhāya sīlena cāgena paññāya samādhinā paṭhamajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā saddhā assa anāvilasaṅkappo, taṃ dutiyajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi ca aveccappasādā yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ ariyakantaṃ, taṃ sīlakkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā, sā paññākkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ime ca dhammā idañca cittaṃ ekodibhūtasamādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cāgo samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca vipassanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca avijjā virāgāya paññāvimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相理趣?当说到识时,凡以信、念所修习者,一切五蕴即已被说。当说到信时,一切七财即已被说:信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、舍财、慧财。当说到戒蕴时,定蕴与慧蕴即已被说。那经久修习的心,于最后时刻不会随转——这是不可能的。在那里,想也会随转,那些同类的法也会随转。色想、色思、随观作意,如是于六处的识身——这是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Viññāṇe vutte saddhāsatibhāvite sabbe pañcakkhandhā vuttā bhavanti. Saddhāya bhaṇitāya sabbāni satta dhanāni bhaṇitāni honti saddhādhanaṃ…pe… sīlakkhandhe vutte samādhikkhandho ca paññākkhandho ca vuttā bhavanti. Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ pacchimake kāle na tadanuparivatti bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Tattha saññāpi tadanuparivattinī bhavati. Yepi tajjātikā dhammā, tepi tadanuparivattino bhavanti. Rūpasaññā rūpasañcetanānupassanamanasikāro evaṃ channaṃ āyatanānaṃ viññāṇakāye, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是四阵列理趣?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些希求善的今生与善的来生者,他们将作意信、戒、舍、慧——这是意趣。那些其他众生也不在如来面前抵触,他们闻此法后,无有追悔而命终——这即是意趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye bhaddikaṃ bhatiṃ ākaṅkheyya bhaddikañca abhisamparāyaṃ, te saddhaṃ sīlaṃ cāgaṃ paññañca manasi karissanti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Ye caññepi sattā tathāgatassa sammukhaṃ na paṭiyujjhante, imaṃ dhammaṃ sotā avippaṭisārato kālaṃ karissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
88 于此,什么是转回理趣?此四法中,信与慧断除不信及无明;戒与舍断除渴爱与嗔恨。他的两根被舍断,苦便转回。在未舍断地,则有以彼二根为本的五蕴。两圣谛即是止与观。而两根的舍断,即是此二谛:灭谛与道谛。这便是转回理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Idampi cattāro dhammā saddhā ca paññā ca assaddhiyañca avijjañca hananti. Sīlañca cāgo ca taṇhā ca dosañca hananti. Tassa dve mūlāni pahīyanti. Dukkhaṃ nivatteti appahīnabhūmiyañca dvimūlāni pañcakkhandhā. Dve ariyasaccāni samatho ca vipassanā ca. Dvinnaṃ mūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni nirodho ca maggo ca. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
于此,什么是分别论?彼心由信修习……(中略)……若为凡夫,他亦将有善趣,但其业并非一向在现法受报,或于后世受报。又或者过去已经现起的果报,以此为缘,正如《大业分别经》所说:“因此,这正是应分别论的说法:法行者的善趣。”巴利
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… sace puthujjanassa tassapi bhaddikā bhati bhavissatīti na ekaṃsena tassa kammaṃ diṭṭheyeva dhamme vipākanti paccessati, aparamhi vā pariyāye bhavissati. Yaṃ vā atītaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ, tappaccayāni cetāni, ye yathā mahākammavibhaṅge ‘‘tenāyaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇiyo niddeso dhammacārino yā bhaddikā bhatī’’ti.
于此,什么是转变?不信、恶戒、悭吝、劣慧,以及一切由对治而舍断的,这便是转变。巴利
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Assaddhiyaṃ dussīlyaṃ yaṃ maccheraṃ duppaññaṃ ca yañca paṭipakkhena pahīnā bhavanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
在此,什么是同义语?那长夜修习的心、意识……信力、信根;戒,即善行、律仪、制御、调伏、蕴性——这些是它的同义语。舍,即施舍、无贪、放舍、舍弃所施之物。慧,即施设、慧光、慧根、慧力。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ manoviññāṇaṃ…pe… yaṃ saddhābalaṃ saddhindriyaṃ, yaṃ sīlaṃ taṃ sucaritaṃ, saṃyamo niyamo damo khandhatā imāni tassa vevacanāni. Yo cāgo so paṭinissaggo alobho vosaggo cāgoyiṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā sā paññattā paññappabhā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ.
在此,什么是施设?那心作为种子,由施设而安立;修习、熏习,由施设而安立。信,由净信施设而安立;戒,由善行施设而安立;舍,由福业施设而安立;慧,由思择施设而安立。此三法——信、戒、舍——有慧者依此而得清净。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ bījaṃ paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Paribhāvanā vāsanā paññattiyā paññatti. Saddhā pasādapaññattiyā paññattā. Sīlaṃ sucaritapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cāgo puññakiriyapaññattiyā paññatto. Paññā vīmaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā. Ime tayo dhammā saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññavato pārisuddhiṃ gacchanti.
在此,什么是下降?心,于诸蕴中为识蕴,于诸界中为意识界,于诸处中为意处。那四法,于诸蕴中摄于行蕴……于诸界、诸处中亦然。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Yaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ khandhesu viññāṇakkhandho, dhātūsu manoviññāṇadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ. Ye cattāro dhammā, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhe pariyāpannā…pe… dhātūsu āyatanesu.
于此,何谓净化理趣?世尊在回答释迦族玛哈那玛的请问时所说,这一切皆是相应的。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ bhagavato bhāsitaṃ mahānāmena sakkena pucchitena sabbaṃ taṃ niyuttaṃ.
于此,何谓确立?即此心依差别性而施设:由不善心、未修习心,乃至已修习心而施设;那些再修习者,也依其他心而施设。所有这些四法,皆以一性而施设。所谓“善趣”,即欲乐者、色界、无色界、人——这一切善趣,仅为言说而施设,这便是施设。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Idaṃ cittaṃ vemattatāya paññattaṃ akusalehi cittehi aparibhāvitehi paribhāvitanti yāni puna paribhāvitāni aññesampi tattha upādāya paññattaṃ sabbepime cattāro dhammā ekattatāya paññattā. Bhaddikā bhatīti kāmabhogino teva rūpadhātu arūpadhātu manussāti sabbā bhaddikā bhati tadeva kathāya paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti.
于此,何谓资具?诸根是心的缘,属增上缘;作意是缘,属因缘。对于信,世间慧是缘,属因缘;如理作意亦是缘。对于戒,适当的住处是缘;自正志向是因。对于施,无贪是因;无悔亦为因缘。对于慧,从他人听闻及内在的如理作意,是为因缘。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa indriyāni paccayo ādhipateyyapaccayatāya manasikāro. Hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Saddhāya lokikā paññā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo. Sīlassa patirūpadesavāso paccayo. Attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu. Cāgassa alobho hetu. Avippaṭisāro ca hetupaccayo. Paññā parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro hetupaccayo ca.
其中,何谓增上?所谓长夜修习之心,及其心所法。于此,一切所修习的法皆是善法,于未来世亦是善法,得善的再生与来世。如是,凡诸人类所受用、所享用的一切,皆唯是善法,是名增上。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitanti cetasikāpi. Ettha sabbe dhammā paribhāvitā bhaddikā te bhati bhavissati, bhaddikā upapattiko abhisamparāyo. Iti ye keci manussakā upabhogaparibhogā sabbe bhaddikā bhatiyeva, ayaṃ samāropano.
89 “于上下一切处离贪”是偈颂。其中,何谓上?凡从此以上,将成为不来者,是为上。何谓下?已超越过去者,是为下,此即所说的无依处。此即是上。于此,有些人以过去为常见论者、前际论者,有些人以后际为见论者,有些人依所说为断见论者,这些见即是断见与常见。其中,常见即此执取常住的十五句身见:“我有色”“我中有色”“色是我”等,如此为慧所围绕。而断见,则是那执取断灭的五百种见,他们见“命即是身”“色是我”,如是四种身见以断与常。如是,于五蕴中,有二十事见,其中十五句执取前际,属于常见;五句执取后际,属于断见。其中,见“这是我”者,若随观色为我,即为断灭论者;若见“有色的我”“我中有色”或“色中有我”,他如是见,即如是断见。又以“我”忆念常见,从前际忆念。若不随观“这是我”,他的见漏便趋向舍断。凡于三时、前际与后际,依如上所说,于上下一切处离贪,不随观“我是”,依此门、依此方便、以此方法,即得见地与入流果。此圣方便,以无有而至于轮回尽,不再有再生。凡任何圣方便,于再生,无论是软、中、强等五根,一切皆导向无再生的舍断。而“我”,依差别说,即是见暴流、欲暴流、有暴流与无明暴流。于此,依教导方式:依五根与入流果,四谛中的道与灭二谛;以身之集起,苦与集二谛——这是教说理趣。巴利
Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgoti gāthā . Tattha kiṃ uddhaṃ nāma? Yaṃ ito uddhaṃ bhavissati anāgāmī, idaṃ uddhaṃ. Adho nāma yamatikkantamatītaṃ, idamavoca apadānatanti uddhaṃ. Tattha atītena sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantākappikānaṃ aparantadiṭṭhi kesañci, ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ yaṃ vuttakappikānaṃ imā ceva diṭṭhiyo ucchedadiṭṭhi ca sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Tatthāyaṃ sassatadiṭṭhi imāni pannarasa padāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi sassataṃ bhajanti. Rūpavantaṃ me attā, attani me rūpaṃ, rūpaṃ me attāti yaduccate paññaṃ paridahanti. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi sā pañcasatāni ucchedaṃ bhajanti. Te ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti passanti, rūpaṃ me attāti tathārūpā catubbidhā sakkāyadiṭṭhi ucchedena ca sassatena ca. Evaṃ pañcasu khandhesu vīsativatthukāya diṭṭhiyā pannarasa padāni pubbantaṃ bhajanti. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā pañca padāni aparantaṃ bhajanti ucchedadiṭṭhiyā. Tattha ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti passantā rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, so ucchedavādī rūpavantañca attānaṃ, attani ca rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attāti so passati cāti iti ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, attato paṭissarati sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantato ca paṭissarati. ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti na samanupassati. Tassa diṭṭhāsavā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Yo tīsu addhāsu pubbante ca aparante ca tena tena niddiṭṭhānena uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgo ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti na anupassatīti iminā dvārena iminā payogena iminā upāyena idaṃ dassanabhūmi ca sotāpattiphalañca so ariyo payogo anabhāvaṃgatena saṃsārena apunabbhavāti yo koci ariyo payogo punabbhavāya mudūni vā pañcindriyāni majjhāni adhimattāni vā sabbaṃ apunabbhavappahānāya saṃvattanti. Ahanti diṭṭhogho kāmogho bhavogho avijjogho ca odhiso. Tattha desanāhārena cattāri saccāni pañcahi indriyehi sotāpattiphalena ca dve saccāni maggo ca nirodho ca. Sakkāyasamudayena dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca, ayaṃ desanā hāro.
其中,什么是分别?不随观“这是我”者,即断除三种为见所应断的结缚。这即是分别。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tīṇi dassanappahātabbāni saṃyojanāni pajahati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
在此,什么是方法?有三种人:利慧者、广慧者与所引导者。利慧者即利根者;与之相比,广慧者为钝根者;与钝根者相比,所引导者则更为钝根。其中,利慧者以利根而达见地,证得入流果,成为“一种子”者。这是第一类入流者。广慧者以钝根而达见地,证得入流果,成为“家家”者。这是第二类入流者。所引导者依循引导而达见地,证得入流果,成为“七有”者。这是第三类入流者。巴利
Tattha katamā yutti? Tividhā puggalā koci ugghaṭitaññū koci vipañcitaññū koci neyyo. Ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyo ca tato vipañcitaññū mudindriyo tato mudindriyehi neyyo. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyatāya dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, ekabījako bhavati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sotāpanno. Vipañcitaññū mudūhi indriyehi dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, kolaṃkolo ca hoti. Ayaṃ dutiyo sotāpanno. Tattha neyyo dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, sattakkhattuparamo ca bhavati. Ayaṃ tatiyo sotāpanno.
有这样的方法:以软、中、强三种根,应证得软、中、强之地,也就是由舍断身见而舍断诸见。这就是方法。巴利
Atthi esā yutti mudumajjhādhimattehi indriyehi mudumajjhādhimattaṃ bhūmiṃ sacchikareyya sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānena vā diṭṭhigatāni pajahati. Ayaṃ yutti.
在此,什么是足处理趣?身见是一切邪见的足处。身是名色的足处。名色是身见的足处。五种色根是色贪的足处。六处是我慢的足处。在此,什么是特相理趣?当二见被舍断时,依此一见,诸见便走向舍断。于上于下离贪者,即于一切染污法离贪。那于他地结生者,这是缘,如此如实而见。他触证一切缘起。这就是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Tattha sakkāyadiṭṭhi sabbamicchādiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sakkāyo nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañca indriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saḷāyatanaṃ ahaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dvīsu diṭṭhīsu pahīnāsu tattha ekā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahānaṃ gacchanti. Uddhaṃ ca adho ca vītarāgo sabbarajanīyesu vītarāgo hoti. Tajjā parabhūmiyaṃ, idaṃ paccayanti yathābhūtaṃ passati. So sabbapaṭiccasamuppādaṃ āmasati. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
90 于此,什么是四阵列理趣?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些不欢喜的有情,他们将为舍断见而精勤。这便是世尊在这里的意趣。这就是四阵列理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā ye nābhiramissanti, te diṭṭhippahānāya vāyamissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
于此,什么是转回理趣?那些柔软的五根,即是下分的五根。它们以一切方式完全断除贪欲与瞋恚;以修习的方式,对于有学解脱,信成为力量;对于上分,信以见的方式成为力量;精进根因已发勤,念根因已执持,而达到究竟终点。在这里,于诸根,此道即是杂染的舍断;此灭即是未来不生的法,这便是苦。这就是转回理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yānimāni mudūni pañcindriyāni tāni orambhāgiyāni pañcindriyāni. Sabbena sabbaṃ samūhananti abhijjhābyāpādo ca bhāvanākārena sekkhāya vimuttiyā balaṃ saddhā, uddhambhāgiyāni diṭṭhivasena balaṃ saddhā, vīriyindriyaṃ ārabhitattā satindriyaṃ paggahitattā accantaṃ niṭṭhaṃ gacchanti. Tattha yāni indriyāni, ayaṃ maggo saṃkilesappahānaṃ. Ayaṃ nirodho āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
于此,什么是区分理趣?凡随观“这就是我”的人,他在世间层面以过度的方式——并非以圣者的方便——舍断身见。这便称为在相应地的过度。在这里,于相应地,通过五种方式成就过度:戒、行、多闻、定与出离乐。在此,于未得而生起已得之想的人,执取增上慢。正是为了这件事的生起,世尊说了此经:“仅凭戒与行……” 这里,对未得而以为已得者,他的定是有味著的,为恶人所习。那些恶人即称为凡夫。什么是味著?即依于圣道而仍属世间、非圣者;以此定,便成为非圣、为恶人所习。然而,不以圣者的方式如实知见的人,舍断了对证得的执取,便为圣者的定所引导,那种定非恶人所习、无有味著。这里,非恶人即是圣者补特伽罗。他们所习的定,便是非恶人所习。因此,应以分别论解答:不随观“这就是我”者,便不会如此退堕。巴利
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti yo samanupassati, so ca kho adhimattena lokikā yaṃ bhūmiyaṃ na tu ariyena payogena so sakkāyadiṭṭhi pajahati. Yaṃ vuccati tajjāya bhūmiyā adhimattāya. Tattha tajjāya bhūmiyaṃ pañcahi ākārehi adhimattataṃ paṭilabhati sīlena vatena bāhussaccena samādhinā nekkhammasukhena. Tattha appatte pattasaññī adhimānaṃ gaṇhāti. Etasmiṃyeva vatthuppattiyaṃ bhagavā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati. Sīlavā vatamattenāti. Tattha yo appatte pattasaññī tassa yo samādhi, so sāmiso kāpurisasevito pana so kāpurisā vuccanti puthujjanā. Āmisaṃ yañca ariyamaggamāgamma lokikā anariyaṃ tena samādhi hoti anariyo kāpurisasevito. Yo pana ariyākārena yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati , so adhigamanaṃ pajahati yo ariyena samādhinā akāpurisasevitena nirāmisena nīyati, tattha akāpurisā vuccanti ariyapuggalā. Yo tehi sevito samādhi, so akāpurisasevito. Tasmā ekaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tathā pāteti.
于此,什么是转变?依于此见地,那些应被舍断的杂染,便因它们而被舍断;纵然世尊未曾指示,也应当被指示。巴利
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imāya dassanabhūmiyā kilesā pahātabbā, tehi pahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā niddisitabbā yo.
于此,什么是同义语?身见与我见——这是地。那些应被舍断的杂染,它们并未被舍断。世尊未予指示的常见与断见,即是边见。其中,无边见即是常见,断见即是无见,常见即是无作见。这便是同义语。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā attadiṭṭhiyā. Ayaṃ bhūmi. Ye kilesā pahātabbā. Te appahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā sassatadiṭṭhi ca ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, sā pariyantadiṭṭhi ca. Yā apariyantadiṭṭhi ca, sā sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi, sā natthikā diṭṭhi. Yā sassatadiṭṭhi, sā akiriyadiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
于此,什么是施设?渴爱依结的施设而被施设;道依获得的施设而被施设;诸根依获得的施设而被施设。于此,什么是下降?身是苦,应以见而舍断;集是道;诸根,则于蕴、界、处中被指示。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? Taṇhā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā. Maggo paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññatto. Indriyā paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññattāti. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Sakkāyo dukkhaṃ dassanappahātabbo. Samudayo maggo. Indriyāni tāni ca niddiṭṭhāni khandhadhātuāyatanesu.
其中,什么是净化理趣?即世尊依何事而说此经,便依何事加以教导。其中,什么是资具?名色的因缘,亦是识的因与种子。依此,无明与行为缘。还灭之道别无他途,即是一切有(的止息),而一切有之因,乃以他人财物为缘。如是,正见以他人音声及如理作意为缘。凡有慧生起,此是正见之因;正思惟生起,凡有正定,此是资具。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yañhi ārabbha bhagavatā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ, so ārabbha niddiṭṭho. Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Nāmarūpassa hetupaccayopi viññāṇaṃ hetu bījaṃ. Tena avijjā ca saṅkhārā ca paccayo. Nivattinayo na aparo pariyāyo sabbabhavo, ye ca sabbabhavassa hetu parabhaṇḍapaccayo iti sammādiṭṭhi parato ca ghoso yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo . Yā paññā uppādeti, esā hetu sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsaṅkappo bhavati, yā sammāsamādhi , ayaṃ parikkhāro.
其中,什么是建立?“此我是”之不随观者,从苦、从病……乃至十五句。“世尊,诸戒为了什么义、有何功德?”
“阿难(Ānanda) ,诸戒以无悔为义,乃至以解脱为义。”此中,义有两种:人义与文义。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassī dukkhato rogato…pe… pannarasa padāni. Sīlāni bhagavā kimatthiyāni kimānisaṃsāni. Sīlāni, ānanda, avippaṭisāratthāni yāva vimutti. Tattha duvidho attho – purisattho ca vacanattho ca.
91 其中,什么是人义?凡不追悔,即是无悔,此是人义。犹如有人增长此义、修习此义,他会说:“在此,有些事是属于我的,我为了此义而着手此业。”此即是人义。巴利
Tattha katamo purisattho? Yāyaṃ na pacchānutāpitā ayaṃ avippaṭisāro, ayaṃ purisattho. Yathā koci brūhayati imatthamāsevati so bhaṇeyya, kiñci mamettha adhīnaṃ tassatthāya idaṃ kiriyaṃ ārabhāmīti. Ayaṃ purisattho.
其中,什么是文义?诸戒是身或语的善行,即无悔。其中,“戒”与“行仪”仅是言说而已。并无其他,善逝的善行即是这善行——无悔。如此,直至解脱,每一文句都具有两种义:人义与文义。如同此经,一切经中都具有这两种义。这确实是胜义,是最上的义。依靠证得涅槃而自身应证得的,被称为“所作的目的”。这又是同义语“正知”。以此而获得的确定义,便是文义。其中,弟子所希求的义,获得那种义,即是人义。世尊所宣说的法,对那法义的表达,即是义。其中,诸戒的无悔既是义也是利益。这种利益即是不堕恶趣。如世尊所说:“此是利益:善行于法者不堕恶趣”,行法者得此,这就是义。巴利
Tattha katamo vacanattho? Sīlāni kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā sucaritaṃ avippaṭisāroti. Tattha sīlassa vatassa ca bhāsoyeva. Anaññā sugatakammatā sucaritaṃ ayaṃ avippaṭisāro. Evaṃ yāva vimuttīti ekamekasmiṃ pade dve atthā – purisattho ca vacanattho ca, yathā imamhi sutte evaṃ sabbesu suttesu dve dve atthā. Ayaṃ hi paramattho uttamattho ca. Yaṃ nibbānasacchikaṃ nissāya yaṃ sakaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ bhavati, so vuccati katassa katthoti. Ayaṃ puna vevacanaṃ sampajānāti. Iminā niyuttatthamabhilabbhanti vacanattho. Tattha yaṃ atthaṃ sāvako abhikaṅkhati. Tassa yo paṭilābho, ayaṃ purisattho. Yaṃ yaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti, tassa tassa dhammassa yā atthaviññatti. Ayaṃ attho, tattha sīlānaṃ avippaṭisāro atthopi ānisaṃsopi. Eso ca ānisaṃso yaṃ duggatiṃ na gacchati. Yathā taṃ bhagavatā esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī, ayaṃ attho.
当人于修习之地以戒为起始,与戒相应,如是乃至解脱,此即戒蕴。其中,依随眠而说之无悔,以及彼戒,此即戒蕴。欢悦、喜、轻安等与定根相应,此即定蕴。得定者如实了知,此即慧蕴。此三蕴——戒、定、慧——如是依精进根之因而得圆满。他以此圆满戒故,为令未生之不善法不生而精进,为令已生之不善法断除而精进,为令未生之善法生起而精进,为令已生之善法增长而精进,这便说为精进根。于此,定蕴即是定根,慧蕴即是慧根,此当于四正勤中见。如是,为令未生之不善法不生而精进,此是第一正勤;为断已生者而精进,此是第二;四正勤当于四禅那中得见。如是,以戒蕴、出离界等,以及三种寻——出离寻、无嗔恚寻、无害寻,此是共通的。当喜悦者以欢悦引生此身之乐,若以爱取而未能确定,此即是苦;其中无有散乱,此即是定。这便是初禅的五支。心的轻安与有寻有伺相违,烦恼与热恼于初禅中止息。如是,烦恼之轻安与寻伺之轻安,此二法皆是轻安。其中,身之乐与心之乐即为乐之引导,此是喜乐者的轻安。心的专一性,以此专一性而有心的内净,此即第四禅支。如是,内净、心一境性、喜与乐,此即四支的第二禅那。身得轻安者感受乐,以此殊胜之乐遍满全身;心乐者离于喜贪,以此离喜贪而获得舍。他由离喜而获得舍,感受乐,以慧获得正念;当念与一境性俱起,此即五支的第三禅那。乐者之心得定,此即心一境性的殊胜部分;初禅中有心一境性,非依眼等之受,一切皆得圆满。犹如在第四禅那中,如是舍、轻安、念正知与心一境性俱起,此即第四禅那。巴利
Yaṃ puriso bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ sīlāni ārabbha sīlena saṃyutto hoti evaṃ yāva vimutti tathā sīlakkhandho. Tattha yo ca avippaṭisāro anusayavasena niddiṭṭho, tañca sīlaṃ ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Pāmojjapītipassaddhīti ca samādhindriyena, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Ime tayo khandhā sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca tathā sīlaṃ paripūreti yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ tena kāraṇena so sīlaṃ paripūreti, anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, uppannassa ca pahānāya anuppannassa ca kusalassa uppādāya, uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya iti vīriyindriyaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tattha yo samādhikkhandho , idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Paññākkhandho paññindriyaṃ, taṃ catūsu sammappadhānesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā yo anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ. Yaṃ uppannassa, idaṃ dutiyaṃ. Cattāri sammappadhānāni catūsu jhānesu passitabbāni. Tathā sīlakkhandhena nekkhammadhātu ca adhikā , tayo ca vitakkā nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko ca. Sādhāraṇabhūtā. Yā piyāyamānassa pāmojjena idaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ ānitaṃ aniyamītipemena, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yo tattha avikkhepo, ayaṃ samādhi. Idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ. Yā cetasikā passaddhi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ virodhanaṃ, yo kileso ca paridāho, so paṭhame jhāne niruddho. Tathā yā ca kilesapassaddhi yā ca vitakkavicārānaṃ passaddhi, ubhayepi ete dhamme passaddhāyaṃ. Tattha kāyassa cittassa ca sukhaṃ sukhāyanā, idaṃ pītisukhino passaddhi. Yopi ekodibhāvo cittassa, tena ekodibhāvena yaṃ cittassa ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ. Iti ajjhattañca sampasādo cetaso ca ekodibhāvo pīti ca sukhañca, idaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ. Yo passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tena adhimattena sukhena pharitvā sukhaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ, so pītivītarāgo evaṃ tassa pītivītarāgatāya upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. Sukhañca paṭisaṃvedeti. Sati ca sammā paññāya paṭilabhati. Sace sati ekaggatā idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ. Yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ ekaggatāya parāvidhānabhāgiyā, paṭhame jhāne atthi cittekaggatā no cakkhussa vedanā sabbaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yathā catutthe jhāne, tathā yā upekkhā passambhayaṃ satisampajaññaṃ cittekaggatā ca, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
92 如应显示定,慧根应于四圣谛中见。当已得定者如实了知,该了知有四种:不净、苦、无我,以彼为所缘即是苦圣谛。了知彼而厌离、解脱,如是欲漏之断、有漏、见漏、无明漏之断,此是灭。于未断地即是漏集。此四圣谛应如慧根而见。如是已得定者如实了知,此是见地。如实了知入流果而厌离,此是薄地。欲贪嗔恚与一来果,厌离、离染,此是初禅那修习地。由离贪而心解脱与不来果。解脱、得解脱,此是由离无明而慧解脱与阿拉汉果。此无悔与精进根及四正勤无悔,彼向上直至定,如是彼四禅与定根,已得定者如实了知。此四念处依戒圆满与具舍及诸决择相之不混乱心,此是念根,即四念处。又于此法教中,于三处见趣行根,由断烦恼而有学戒,此是信根。四入流支与诸果。定根应于一切经中详说其近依食。获得禅那由精进所持之智忆念,此是闻所成慧。定之前后相光明由无异行而随欲,此是思所成慧。如是已得定者如实了知,此是修所成慧。此是经之分别论。巴利
Yathā samādhi dassayitabbaṃ, tathā paññindriyaṃ taṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu passitabbaṃ. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, sā pajānanā catubbidhā asubhato dukkhato anattato ca, yadārammaṇaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yaṃ pajānanto nibbindati vimuccati tathā yaṃ kāmāsavassa pahānaṃ bhavāsavassa diṭṭhāsavassa avijjāsavassa, ayaṃ nirodho appahīnabhūmiyaṃ āsavasamudayo. Imāni cattāri ariyasaccāni yathā paññindriyaṃ passitabbaṃ. Yathāyaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dassanabhūmi. Sotāpattiphalañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindatīti, idaṃ tanukañca. Kāmarāgabyāpādaṃ sakadāgāmiphalañca yaṃ nibbindati virajjati, ayaṃ paṭhamajjhānabhāvanābhūmi ca rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalañca. Yaṃ vimutti vimuccati, ayaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti arahattañca. Ime avippaṭisārā ca vīriyindriyañca cattāro sammappadhānā avippaṭisārā tañca upari yāva samādhi, evaṃ te cattāri jhānāni samādhindriyañca yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sīlapāripūrimupādāya cāgasaṃhitena ca nibbedhikānañca nimittānaṃ anāvilamanā, idaṃ satindriyaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Yaṃ puna imāya dhammadesanāya tīsu ṭhānesu diṭṭhogamanakindriyaṃ kilesapahānena ca sekkhasīlaṃ, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Cattāri ca sotāpattiyaṅgāni phalāni. Samādhindriyāni sopaniyāhārīni sabbasuttesu niddisitabbāni. Yaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhanaṃ vīriyagahitaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ paṭissarato, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Yo samādhi pubbāparanimittābhāso anomagatitāya yathākāmo, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā, yaṃ tathāsamāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
这部经属于通达分,具有觉支,是应当被觉知的。具足这些支分的人,将会觉知此法,并觉知它的支分,因此称为觉支。同样地,从最初乃至戒、行与思皆应修习,为圆满诸戒故。为令未生之不善不生、已生之不善断除、未生之善生起、已生之善增长,此精进即是觉知的支分,是名精进觉支。依此精进,最初有两法:无悔与欢悦;复有喜,以无悔为缘、以欢悦为缘,是名喜觉支。有喜者身得轻安,是名轻安觉支。以身乐为导,乐者心得定,是名定觉支。得定者能如实了知,是名择法觉支。依于戒而取,依五觉支而取,随顺性、作相、喜分与殊胜分不混乱、相应、无间断,是名念觉支。当如实了知时,若精进过度而行于掉举地,则遣其所愿;若处懈怠地,则呵责之,并以远离支分而觉知眼平静之道,此即是舍。因此,彼舍即是彼觉支的支分,故称舍觉支。以上为经的解释。巴利
Imaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ bujjhakāradhikaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ. Yehi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ taṃ bujjhissanti tassa aṅgāni bujjhissanti, tena bojjhaṅgā. Tathā ādito yāva sīlaṃ vataṃ cetanā karaṇīyā, kissa sīlāni pāripūreti. Anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya uppannassa ca akusalassa pahānāya anuppannassa kusalassa uppādāya uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya, idaṃ vīriyaṃ tassa tassa bujjhitassa aṅganti. Ayaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo. Iminā vīriyena dve dhammā ādito avippaṭisāro pāmojjañca yā puna pīti avippaṭisārapaccayā pāmojjapaccayā, ayaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Ayaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo. Tena kāyikasukhamānitaṃ yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo. Yā sīlamupādāya pañcannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ upādāyānulomatā nimittāyanā pītibhāgiyānañca visesabhāgiyānañca apilāpanatā sahagatā hoti anavamaggo, ayaṃ satisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, accāraddhavīriyaṃ karoti. Uddhaccabhūmīti katā abhipatthitaṃ peseti. Kosajjabhūmīti garahito rahitehi aṅgehi bujjhati yaṃ cakkhusamathapathaṃ, sā upekkhāti. Tena sā upekkhā tassa bojjhaṅgassa aṅganti karitvā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti vuccate. Eso suttaniddeso.
93 于此,何谓说示?此经中宣说了四圣谛。何谓抉择?“持戒者无悔”乃至“解脱”,对于“何为目的”这一问题,有两句问、两句答;以两句了知两者,以两句作答。所问为何?问以涅槃为最上的身地与业。如此,在无学法中生起立足处。何谓合理理趣?“持戒者无悔”为何?“有‘无欲与离贪’”,此即合理。何谓足处?精进是精进根的足处,定是定根的足处,慧是慧根的足处。精进是无嗔的足处,定是无贪的足处,慧是无痴的足处。精进根是正语、正业、正命三道支的足处;定根是正思惟、正语、正定三道支的足处;慧根是正念与正见二道支的足处。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Asmiṃ sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tattha katamo vicayo? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro yāva vimutti imissāya pucchāya minikimatthassamīti dve padāni pucchā dve padāni visajjanāni dvīhi padehi dve abhiññaṃ dvīhi ceva padehi visajjanā kiṃ pucchati nibbādhikaṃ kāyabhūmiṃ kammassa tathā hi patiṭṭhā ca asekkhe dhamme uppādeti. Tattha katamā yutti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro bhavati kiṃ nicchandassa ca virāgo atthi esā yutti. Tattha katamaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyaṃ adosassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi alobhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā amohassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāvācāya sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa. Samādhindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācāya sammāsamādhino. Paññindriyaṃ dvinnaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsatiyā sammādiṭṭhiyā ca.
何谓特相?当说到戒蕴时,实则三蕴都已说到,因为戒如同山岩:正如岩山不为一切外敌所动摇,此心亦不为一切烦恼所动摇,此即无痴;于可染之法而离染,此即无贪;于可怒之法而不怒,此即无嗔。于此,慧是无痴善根,无贪即是无贪,无嗔即是无嗔。以此三善根住于有学地,生起无学道。于有学地生起成就业法,即正解脱与解脱智见,此十法即是无学者的阿拉汉性。于此,以八支道亦成就四种修习:戒修习、身修习、心修习、慧修习。其中,以正业与正命修习身,以正语与正精进修习戒,以正思惟与正定修习心,以正见与正念修习慧。以此四种修习,令心与慧二法达至修习圆满。心修习即是止,慧修习即是观。于此,慧以断无明而令心不与随烦恼混杂;慧之修习即圆满心之修习。如是,善修习心者,苦从何生?再者,彼具寿倾向于无嗔界,未入灭尽定而予诸行以打击,于被视为诸行聚集之身中,不感受苦,是为经义。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sīlakkhandhe vutte sabbe tayo khandhā vuttā bhavanti, sīlameva hi selopamatā yathā selo sabbapaccatthikehi akaraṇīyo evaṃ taṃ cittaṃ sabbakilesehi na kampatīti, ayaṃ amoho. Virattaṃ rajanīyesūti ayaṃ alobho. Kopaneyye na kuppatīti ayaṃ adoso. Tattha paññā amoho kusalamūlaṃ, alobho alobhoyeva, adoso adosoyeva. Imehi tīhi kusalamūlehi sekkhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito asekkhamaggaṃ uppādeti. Sekkhabhūmi sampattikammadhamme uppādeti, sā ca sammāvimutti, yañca vimuttirasañāṇadassanaṃ ime dasa asekkhānaṃ arahattaṃ dhammā. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena catubbidhā bhāvanāpi labbhati. Sīlabhāvanā kāyabhāvanā cittabhāvanā paññābhāvanā ca. Tattha sammākammantena sammāājīvena ca kāyo bhāvito. Sammāvācāya sammāvāyāmena ca sīlaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammāsaṅkappena sammāsamādhinā ca cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsatiyā ca paññā bhāvitā. Imāya catubbidhāya bhāvanāya dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti cittaṃ paññañca. Cittaṃ bhāvanāya samatho, paññā bhāvanāya vipassanā. Tattha paññā avijjāpahānena cittaṃ upakkilesehi amissīkatanti. Paññā bhāvanāya cittabhāvanaṃyeva paripūreti. Evaṃ yassa subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Api ca kho pana tassa āyasmato abyāpādadhātu adhimuttā, na so petaṃ samāpanno tassa saṅkhāpahāraṃ deti, saṅkhāvitakkite sarīre dukkhaṃ na vediyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
94 其中,什么是教说?在此经中,教说了十种无学阿拉汉法,以及无量的正确阐释。其中,什么是思择?犹如山喻,凡是那些伴随苦乐感受的法,对于观无相者,皆已止息;由于依身而起的感受资具不再转起,便不感受苦。其中,什么是合理理趣?对于如此修习心的人,那苦又从何而来呢?在三种修习中,由于心的修习,苦不能侵入其心;由于灭修习与无间等至,以及定修习。如是,对于如此修习心者,定是果的近因。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte dasa asekkhā arahattadhammā desitā appamāṇā ca sammā vibhāvanā. Tattha katamo vicayo? Selopamatā ye ye dhammā vedanīyasukhadukkhopagatā, te sabbe nirūpaṃ vānupassantānaṃ vūpagatā kāyato vedayitaparikkhāro appavattito dukkhaṃ na vediyati. Tattha katamā yutti, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Tīsu bhāvanāsu dukkhaṃ nakkhamati cittaṃ cittabhāvanāya ca. Nirodhabhāvanāya ca ānantarikā samādhibhāvanāya ca. Iti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti samādhi phalassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
在此,什么是特相?“凡是如此修习心的人”——诸心已修习,即如最初所说的慧、戒、身、心;戒亦善修,由于身与心稳固而不为所动,受也是如此,想也是如此,诸行也是如此。“苦又从何处来到我呢?”乐不随逐,不苦不乐亦不到来。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti cittāni bhāvitāni yathā paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhāni paññā sīlaṃ kāyo cittaṃ, sīlampi subhāvitaṃ kāyikacetasikañca ṭhitattā nānupakampatīti vedanāpi tathā saññāpi saṅkhārāpi. Kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti sukhampi nānugacchati, adukkhamasukhampi nāgatanti.
于此,什么是四阵列理趣?在此,世尊的意趣是什么?那些将为苦所迫的人,将会远离这些等至。这是世尊在此的意趣。那些无信者,将生起信心;已有信者,将生起喜悦。这是世尊在此的意趣。转起,即是无有转起之基础。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye dukkhena adhikā bhavissanti, te evarūpāhi samāpattīhi virahissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ye ca appasannā, te hi bhavissanti, pasannānañca pītipāmojjaṃ bhavissati, ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti natthi āvaṭṭanassa bhūmi.
“对于已这样修习心者,苦又从何而来?”这含两种分别论——苦因分别论与对治分别论。什么是苦因?苦从何而来?在说对治时,戒是其余诸法的因与缘,那一切法便都已被说。在说一菩提分法时,一切趣向觉悟的法也都被说。巴利
Vibhattīti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti duvidho niddeso – dukkhahetuniddeso ca paṭipakkhaniddeso ca. Ko so dukkhahetu? Yato dukkhaṃ āgacchati paṭipakkhe vutte sesadhammānaṃ sīlaṃ hetu ca paccayo ca, te sabbe dhammā vuttā honti. Ekabodhipakkhiye dhamme vutte sabbe bodhagamanīyā dhammā vuttā bhavanti.
于此,什么是四阵列理趣?在此经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些以无悔为欲求的人,便成就戒的圆满;以喜悦为欲求的人,即成就无悔的圆满。这是世尊在此的意趣……(中略)……这就是四阵列理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye avippaṭisārena chandikā, te sīlapāripūrī bhavanti pāmojjachandikā avippaṭisārīpāripūrī, ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo…pe… ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
于此,什么是转起?此经属通达分。所谓通达,即是灭。通达的方法,即是道。所通达的,即是苦。依通达之道所舍断的,即说为集。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ. Yo nibbedho, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena nibbijjhati, so maggo. Yaṃ nibbijjhati, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ nibbedhagāminā maggena pahīyati, samudayoyaṃ vutto.
于此,什么是区分理趣?“持戒者无悔”——对此应作分别论答。只要执取者仍以身或语造作由过失所生的不善,他便没有无悔。纵使他思惟“这是善作,这是善行”,若不能由此无悔而生起喜悦,乃至解脱,则“彼持戒者之无悔”应分别论之。这便是区分理趣。巴利
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, parāmasantassa natthi avippaṭisāro yāva dosakataṃ kāyena vā vācāya vā akusalaṃ ārabhati. Kiñcipissa evaṃ hoti ‘‘sukatametaṃ sucaritametaṃ no cassa tena avippaṭisārena pāmojjaṃ jāyati yāva vimutti, tassa sīlavato avippaṭisāro’’ti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
于此,什么是转变?依这七种近依成就,在分别论中舍断十一种近依所应舍断的,这便是转变。巴利
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imehi sattahi upanisāsampattīhi ekādasa upanisā vibhattiyaṃ pajahānaṃ pajahanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
于此,什么是同义语?即是这些圣法——力、觉支、解脱、定、等至的同义语。巴利
Tattha katamā vevacanā? Imesaṃ ariyadhammānaṃ balabojjhaṅgavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ imāni vevacanāni.
于此,什么是施设?“持戒者无悔”:于戒蕴中,依出离施设而施设;坐施设……如是十支,皆以两支为一组而施设。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti sīlakkhandhe nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, nisajjapaññatti ca evaṃ dasa aṅgāni dvīhi dvīhi aṅgehi paññattāni.
于此,什么是渡越?此《通达分经》入于五种,如最初所指示的那样,应于根、蕴、界、处等中解说。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyasuttaṃ pañcasu otiṇṇaṃ yathā yaṃ paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ evamindriyādikhandhadhātuāyatanesu niddisitabbāni.
于此,什么是净化理趣?“有戒者无悔”——此尚非清净之开端;“无悔者欢悦”——此尚非清净之开端;当宣说十一句时,彼时方为清净之开端,此即净化之去除。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti na tāva suddho ārambho avippaṭisārino pāmojjanti na tāva suddho ārambho yāni ekādasa padāni desitāni yadā tadā suddho ārambho, ayaṃ sodhano.
在此,什么是确立?依戒的差别而安立,这十句皆是戒蕴的功德。住于适宜之处是缘,自正愿是因;乐是定蕴的因,轻安是缘。由乐等与禅那俱生,以及所谓“住处”——即禅支——是另一种方式。随观诸欲的过患是定的缘,见出离的利益是因。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Sīlavemattatāya paññattaṃ evaṃ dasa padāni sabbāni sīlakkhandhassa ānisaṃso, te ca patirūpadesavāso ca paccayo attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu, samādhikkhandhassa sukhaṃ hetu passaddhi paccayo, yena jhānasahajāti ca ṭhānanti jhānaṅgā aparo pariyāyo kāmesu ādīnavānupassanā samādhino paccayo nekkhamme ānisaṃsadassāvitā hetu.
在此,什么是建立?精进根即是戒蕴;戒即是四种正勤;法随法行即是巴帝摩卡防护。巴利
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ, so sīlakkhandho. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, te cattāro dhammā padhānā. Yaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipatti, so pātimokkhasaṃvaro.
95 “其心如山”这首偈颂,“如山”是一种譬喻:如同山不被风所动摇,不被热所震动,不被冷所震动。如同许多无情的物体,它们因热而枯萎,因冷而干枯,因风而破碎。山则不是这样。于可染者已离染,于可嗔者不嗔恚——这便是原因,是对可嗔者忧恼的终结。它不因已嗔者或因热而动摇,也不因冷而枯萎或干枯。同样地,为何心不被贪所随逐,却被冷所动摇呢?什么原因?于可染者已离染,于可嗔者不嗔恚。什么原因?“于可嗔者不嗔恚”,不嗔恚,那无嗔者不生愤怒,因此于可恼者亦不恼怒。其心既已如是修习,苦于何处可说?这样的人又怎会有苦来临?如此即为说明。巴利
Yassa selopamaṃ cittanti gāthā , selopamanti upamā yathā selo vātena na kampati na uṇhena na sītena saṃkampati. Yathā anekā acetanā, te uṇhena milāyanti, sītena avasussanti, vātena bhajanti. Na evaṃ selo virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussatīti kāraṇaṃ dosanīye domanassantaṃ, na duṭṭhena vā kampati uṇhena vā, so milāyati sītena vā avasussati, evaṃ cittaṃ rāgena nānussati sītena kampatīti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussati. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Dosanīye panassanti na dussati, aduṭṭhaṃ taṃ na kosissanti, tena kuppanīye na kuppati, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhaniddeso ca kuto evarūpassa dukkhaṃ āgamissatīti niddiṭṭhaṃ.
转变,“从何处有苦”:凡是心所生的乐,无余依的乐是不存在的,有余依的乐是存在的。然而他们又这样说:在那刹那、那须臾之间,两者都未被感受——有余依的乐与无余依的乐;在那刹那、那须臾之间,无余依的乐与有余依的乐皆未被感受。“已证得乐者不再回转”,这便是此处转变的差别。巴利
Parivattanāti kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ anupādisesā ayaṃ natthi sopādisesā ayaṃ atthi. Puna evamāhaṃsu taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ ubhayameva avedayitaṃ sopādisesaṃ yañca anupādisesaṃ yañca taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ anupādisesaṃ yañca sopādisesaṃ ca avedayitaṃ. Sukhamāpannassa anāvattikanti ayamettha viseso parivattanā.
于此,什么是同义语?“其心已如是修习”,或说已修习、善修习、已确立、已植为根基、已妥善精勤。心,即是意、识、意根、意识界。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ vā bhāvitaṃ subhāvitaṃ anuṭṭhitaṃ vatthukataṃ susamāraddhaṃ. Cittanti mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
于此,什么是施设?心、意、诸行,是依寂止施设而施设的。定,是依无学施设而施设的。苦,是依断除施设而施设的。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? Cittaṃ mano saṅkhārā vūpasamapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Samādhi asekkhapaññattiyā paññatto. Dukkhaṃ ucchinnapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
在此,什么是下降?当指出心时,五蕴即被指出,这是于诸蕴中的下降;当指出意识界时,十八界即被指出,这是于诸界中的下降;当指出意处时,一切处即被指出。其中,意处是名色的近因。缘于名色而有六处。如此在缘起中,这便是下降。在此,什么是净化?即清净的开端。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Citte niddiṭṭhe pañcakkhandhā niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ khandhesu otaraṇo, manoviññāṇadhātuyā niddiṭṭhāya aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ dhātūsu otaraṇo. Manāyatane niddiṭṭhe sabbāni āyatanāni niddiṭṭhāni honti. Tattha manāyatanaṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ. Tathā paṭiccasamuppāde. Ayaṃ otaraṇo. Tattha katamo sodhano suddhoyeva ārambho.
在此,什么是确立?六根的修习于统一性中被施设,依于第六根,身亦于统一性中被施设。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Chaḷindriyaṃ bhāvanā ekattāyaṃ paññatti chaṭṭhitena kāyo ekattāya paññatto.
在此,什么是资具?为了引发心的前因,所起的作意与倾向;以及因在未得定地中殊胜法未修,心恒常流散。若已得定者,则以乐为因,以无悔为缘——这就是因,这就是缘,这便是资具。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa pubbahetu samuppādāya manasikāro ca tappoṇatā ca yaṃ asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ ca visesadhammānaṃ abhāvitattā cittasatataṃ gacchati, sace samādhino sukhaṃ hetu avippaṭisāro paccayo, ayaṃ hetu ayaṃ paccayo parikkhāro.
其中,什么是“安立”?对于“如是已修习者”——那些法应当被安立。身、戒、慧与已修习的心,不喜、不离、非一、非多、不执著于有,这是共许之处。对于那有学,正定并非如此;一切无学的十种阿拉汉法则被指明。此即属于无学分的诸经。巴利
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yassevaṃ bhāvitanti tassa dhammā samāropayitabbā. Kāyo sīlaṃ paññā bhāvitacittanti anabhirataṃ anapaṇataṃ anekaṃ anutaṃ anāpajjāsattaṃ ayaṃ samaññāyatanā na tassa sekkhassa sammāsamādhi sabbe asekkhā dasa arahantadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Asekkhabhāgiyāni suttāni.
96 尊者,若身至念未修习,此人便会在冒犯某位同梵行者后,不告而别,出发游行乡间。那位具寿于此否认两种,而承认:以心的修习舍断见,以身的修习舍断见,以身的修习舍断渴爱。这是他所作的第一个譬喻。无论是不净或是净,大地既不厌恶也不嫌忌,也不因此获得喜与悦。同样地,他以如同大地的心——随顺、少欲、无怨、无害——而安住。如是,那位具寿承认什么呢?他承认以身的修习舍断乐根,以心的修习舍断喜根。身的受,舍断伴随贪随眠的乐根。非受蕴——凡是心所的乐受,在此是以获得为缘而生起的乐与喜。他舍断流,而非意触所生的受。在此,于四大种中,他说色蕴的随眠与能对治的舍断。欲界、色界,以及那在无学地。于身随观身,以及现法乐住。以力与精勤,一切作意的舍断,乃至以脂肪、骨锁、人和装饰生类的譬喻,以这些对父母所生身的观察,他以身随观身、以心随观心,执持两种。身的杂染事,以心与心的所依,以善修习的心,他承认安住于七种等至。巴利
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāyagatāsati abhāvitā, ayaṃ so aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja samāpajja appaṭinisajja janapadacārikaṃ pakkameyya, so āyasmā imasmiṃ vippaṭijānāti dve pajāni paṭijānāti cittabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhiyā pahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhippahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca taṇhāpahānaṃ, yaṃ paṭhamaṃ upamaṃ karoti. Asucināpi sucināpi pathavī neva aṭṭiyati na jigucchati na pītipāmojjaṃ paṭilabhati, evameva hi pathavīsamena so cetasā anvayena appakena averena abyāpajjena viharāmīti. Iti so āyasmā kiṃ paṭijānāti, kāyabhāvanāya sukhindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti, cittabhāvanāya somanassindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti. Kāyikā vedanā rāgānusayamanugatānaṃ sukhindriyaṃ paṭikkhipati. Na hi vedanākkhandhaṃ yā cetasikā sukhavedanā tattha ayaṃ paṭilābhapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ. Sotaṃ paṭikkhipati, na hi manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ. Tattha catūsu mahābhūtesu rūpakkhandhassa anusayapaṭighapahānaṃ bhaṇati. Kāme rūpañca tañca asekkhabhūmiyaṃ. Kāye kāyānupassanā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārañca. Balena ca ussāhena ca sabbaṃ manasi katattānaṃ pahānaṃ medaṃ katālikāya ca purisena ca maṇḍanakajātikena ca, etehi imassa mātāpitusambhūtaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ, so kāyena ca kāyānupassanāya ca cittena ca cittānupassanāya ca dve dhamme dhāreti. Kāyakilesavatthuṃ cittena ca cittasannissaye cittena subhāvitena sattannaṃ ca samāpattīnaṃ viharituṃ paṭijānāti.
又如长者子的譬喻:犹如长者子拥有一个盛满各色衣服的衣箱,在早晨想要哪一套衣服,早晨便取出;中午、傍晚也是如此。同样地,那位具寿由于心善修习,无论想在早晨以何种方式安住,便在早晨那样安住;中午、傍晚也是如此。因此,那位具寿以我所依的譬喻,以大地或无上根的修习,修习其心。因此,那位具寿承认这八种修习:于四大种中,是身的修习;于屠夫、死尸、泥沼中,是心的修习。以这些修习,成就修习与奢摩他的圆满;以此四种,成就慧的圆满。巴利
Gahapatiputtopamatāya ca yathā gahapatiputtassa nānāraṅgānaṃ vatthakaraṇḍako puṇṇo bhaveyya, so yaṃ yadeva vatthayugaṃ pubbaṇhasamaye ākaṅkhati, pubbaṇhasamaye nibbāpeti, evaṃ majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye, evameva so āyasmā cittassa subhāvitattā yathārūpena vihārena ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tathārūpena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati, majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye. Tena vesa āyasmatā upamāya me āsitāya pathavī vā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā bhāvitacittena. Tena so āyasmā idaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ bhāvanaṃ paṭijānāti catūsu mahābhūtesu, kāyabhāvanaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ purisametakaṃ bhavatalākāsu cittabhāvanaṃ, imāhi bhāvanāhi tāya bhāvanāya ca samathā pāripūrimantehi. Imehi catūhi paññāpāripūrimantehi.
97 如何于厌恶法而住于无厌恶想?身本性并无厌恶,于身取膨胀想——简言之,这九想本是可厌之法;但这位具寿不因厌恶而起厌弃,随行身至念的修习而住,心不为舍离嫌厌而厌恶。巴利
Kathaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Kāyo pakatiyā appaṭikūlaṃ kāye uddhumātakasaññā saṃkhittena nava saññā ime paṭikūlā dhammā ceso āyasmā paṭikūlato ajigucchito kāyagatāsatiyā bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati, na hi tassa jigucchappahāya cittaṃ paṭikūlati.
如何于无厌恶法而住于厌恶想?身对一切世间本无厌恶,而那位具寿依不净想而住。如此,于无厌恶法而住于厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharatīti? Kāyo sabbalokassa appaṭikūlo taṃ so āyasmā asubhasaññāya viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶与无厌恶法而住于无厌恶想?即如此世间所见:剃除须发、手持钵,于诸家乞食;这位具寿依此,对所见胜色、劣色皆不抱厌恶想,以厌离相伴的心与身,安住于无厌恶想。如此,于厌恶与无厌恶法而住于无厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlasaññī viharatīti api sabboyaṃ lokassa yamidaṃ muṇḍo pattapāṇī kulesu piṇḍāya vicarati, tena ca so āyasmā suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇena appaṭikūlasaññī cittena ca kāyena nibbidāsahagatena appaṭikūlasaññī, evaṃ paṭikūlesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中住于不厌想呢?那位具寿,于可厌法持净想,于女色之可厌持厌弃想,于青瘀脓烂持厌弃想——即在此处住于厌想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tattha so āyasmā paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中,舍离此二者,以平等、具念、正知而住?于不可厌法持净想,于女色之可厌持厌弃想,于青瘀脓烂持厌弃想,舍离此二者之后,住于“此非我所,此非我,此非我之我”。就这样,舍离此二者,以平等、具念、正知而住。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato ca sampajāno ca? Appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā ‘netaṃ mama’‘nesohamasmi’‘neso me’ attāti viharati. Evaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.
另有方式:三界世间之共住,乃一切愚痴凡夫的不厌想。然而,具寿舍利弗(Sāriputta) 于此却住于不厌想。如此,他于不厌法中住于厌想。巴利
Aparo pariyāyo. Tedhātuko lokasannivāso sabbabālaputhujjanānaṃ appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto appaṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法而住不厌恶想?于此三界一切世间,有厌恶想者,即一切有学。其中,谁是已至道地、已现证定果而住于不厌恶想者?何以故?实无有一世间,为断除故,而应生起厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlasaññino sabbasekkhā idha kā tedhātuke sabbaloke. Tattha katamo bhūmippatto samādhiphale sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati ? Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Na hi taṃ atthi yassa lokassa pahānāya paṭikūlasaññī uppādeyya.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,住于厌恶想?于三界世间之住处,乃至欲界地,离贪者于彼具厌恶之平等性;于色界、无色界,则具不厌恶之平等性。于此,具寿舍利弗住于厌恶想。如是于可厌与不可厌法中,住于厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tedhātuke lokasannivāse yāva kāmalokabhūmatā hi rāgānaṃ vītarāgānaṃ paṭikūlasamatā rūpārūpadhātuṃ appaṭikūlasamatā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不厌恶想?凡他人之恶说、恶来之言,于彼言语起不厌恶想;乃至言语非宜,其人亦如是而不厌恶。于此,具寿舍利弗以证智、现证而住于不厌恶想。如是,于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Yaṃ kiñci parato duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ appaṭikūlaṃ yāvatā vācaso appatirūpā tathā janassa appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto abhiññāya sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati, evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
98 如何于厌恶与不厌恶之法,舍弃此二者而安住于平等、具念、正知?他随观那些恶行之法时,于他们法不厌恶。于此,具寿舍利弗这样思择:恶行之法,其果报不可意;善行之法,则导向积集。既然造作善行导向积集,造作恶行感得不可意果报,他便舍弃此二者,而安住于平等。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno? Yañca nesaṃ samanupassati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā appaṭikūlā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto iti paṭisañcikkhati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā aniṭṭhavipākā. Ye dhammā sucaritā, te ācayagāmino. So ca sucaritaṃ ācayagāminiṃ karitvā duccaritaṃ aniṭṭhavipākaṃ karitvā tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati.
再者,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于厌恶想。渴爱即是厌恶法,何以故?因为依于渴爱,众生被二法所系缚:被对段食的味渴爱所缚,被对触的乐想所缚。在此,具寿舍利弗对于段食安住于厌恶想,对于触安住于苦想。如是,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于厌恶想。巴利
Atha paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Taṇhā paṭikūladhammā kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Taṇhāvasena hi sattā dvīhi dhammehi sattā, kabaḷīkāre āhāre rasataṇhāya sattā, phasse sukhasaññāya sattā. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto kabaḷīkāre ca āhāre paṭikūlasaññī viharati, phasse ca dukkhasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于不厌恶想?渴爱的灭尽——无上涅槃,在愚痴凡夫看来是厌恶想、被击败之想。在此,具寿舍利弗以自己的智慧亲自证见之后,安住于不厌恶想、无嗔想。如是,于厌恶与不厌恶之法,他安住于不厌恶想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Taṇhākkhayaṃ anuttaraṃ nibbānaṃ tathā bālaputhujjanānaṃ paṭikūlasaññā pahatasaññā ca. Tatthāyasmato sāriputtassa appaṭikūlasaññā abyāpādasaññā ca sāmaṃ paññāya passitvā evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌诸法中住于不可厌想?即于第三涅槃起可厌想,于名声与称誉起不可厌想。于此,具寿舍利弗以正慧如实了知味、过患与出离后,舍离可厌与不可厌这二者之法,而住于不可厌想。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tatiye ca nibbāne paṭikūlasaññino yasena ca kittini ca appaṭikūlasaññino. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya paṭijānanto paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何舍离可厌与不可厌这二者之法后,住于舍,具念、正知?他随观:随顺为不可厌法,排斥为可厌法。于此,具寿舍利弗因已舍断随顺与排斥,住于舍,具念、正知。他所随观的,即是五种无上的根修习。这是经的分别论。巴利
Kathaṃ paṭikūlaṃ appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati? Sato ca sampajāno ca, yañca samanupassati anunayo appaṭikūlo dhammo paṭigho ca paṭikūlo dhammo, tatthāyasmā sāriputto anunayassa paṭighappahīnattā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno ca. Yañcassa samanupassati ayaṃ pañcavidhā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
99 何为教说理趣?此经中应当教说什么?于此说:此经教示现法乐住、解脱心的省察,以及增上慧法。巴利
Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitabbaṃ? Tattha vuccate, imamhi sutte diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro desito, tathā vimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhaṇā ca adhipaññādhammaṃ desitaṃ.
在此,什么是抉择理趣?凡安住于身随观身者,其心不随顺与排斥而住;而对于以随顺与排斥为乐者,凭借修习之力,其心将归于统一。这即是抉择理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo? Ye kāye kāyānupassino viharanti, tesaṃ cittaṃ anunayappaṭighena na viharati anunayappaṭighena cābhiramamānassa cittaṃ samaggataṃ bhavissatīti bhāvanāya balametaṃ, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.
在此,什么是合理理趣?通过身修习与心修习,便不会轻视任何梵行者。有此理趣,这即是合理理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo yuttihāro? Kāyabhāvanāya ca cittabhāvanāya ca na kiñci sabrahmacārī atimaññissatīti. Atthi esā yutti, ayaṃ yuttihāro.
在此,什么是足处理趣?第一念处以身修习为足处。如大地般平等的心,则是无常随观的足处。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Kāyabhāvanāya paṭhamassa sati upaṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā pathavīsamacittatā, sā aniccānupassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是特相?有在家人以地平等之心安住,并以地平等观察自身而住——此即特相。“地平等”是何义?正如那些如山般不适合作业者,同样,此平等者依惭而成就如此。这便是特相。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ pathavīsamena cetasā viharati attānupassī pathavīsamena gihī viharati. Ko attho pathavīsamenāti? Yathā ye ca selopamatāya akammayuttā evameva pathavīsamo ayaṃ hiriyatāya. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo.
于此,什么是四阵列理趣?在所述分别中,那位具寿的意趣是什么?凡是渴望修习诸根的阿拉汉,他们都将生起地平等性。这便是其意趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi byākaraṇe ko tassa āyasmato adhippāyo? Ye keci arahantā indriyabhāvanaṃ ākaṅkhiyanti, te pathavīsamataṃ uppādayissantīti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
于此,什么是转?转即是无所依、无有基础。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭoti? Natthi āvaṭṭassa bhūmi.
于此,什么是分别论?修习身随观者,是否将获得地平等心性?这并非决定之说。何以故?那些仅以片段、零散方式修习的人,不会获得地平等心性。一切身至念乃是有学的修习,涅槃为其果。这便是分别论。巴利
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yo kāyānupassī viharati, so pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhissatīti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Ye khaṇḍakādichinnakādino, na te pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhanti. Sabbā kāyagatāsati sekkhabhāvanāya nibbānaṃ phalaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
于此,什么是反转理趣?那些将修习身随观的人,正是对这些人,以身为缘,才可能生起诸漏、逼恼与热恼。这便是反转理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Ye kāyānupassino viharissanti, tesaṃyeva kāyapaccayā uppajjeyya āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
于此,什么是契入理趣?当五蕴未被超越时,有二十二根。其中,意根即意界与意处,定根即法界与法处。这便是契入理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Pañcakkhandhā avitiṇṇā bāvīsatindriyāni, tathā yaṃ manindriyaṃ, taṃ manodhātu manāyatanañca. Yaṃ samādhindriyaṃ, taṃ dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca. Ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
于此,什么是净化理趣?凡是应以心修习的四法,皆已修习;凡是于应断中应以心证得者,为达此义,于一切处策励精进,此义即是清净。这便是净化理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Ye ca manasā cattāro bhāvetabbā, te sabbe bhāvitā yaṃ taṃ manena pahīne pattabbataṃ sabbattha etassa ca atthāya ārambho, so attho suddho. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
于此,什么是确立?此定以同一性而施设,六身亦以同一性而施设。五色根为色身,六受身为受身,六想身为想身,六思身为思身,六识身为识身。所有这一切法,皆总称为法身。这便是确立。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Ayaṃ samādhi ekattatāya paññatto, cha kāyā ekattatāya paññattā. Pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūpakāyo. Cha vedanākāyā vedanākāyo. Cha saññākāyā saññākāyo. Cha cetanākāyā cetanākāyo. Cha viññāṇakāyā viññāṇakāyo. Sabbepi ete dhammā dhammakāyotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno.
“准备”:入定善巧与心路善巧为因;所缘善巧与适当的善巧为缘。清净善巧为因,适当为缘。乐为因,无恼害为缘。这便是准备。巴利
Parikkhāroti samāpattikosallañca vīthikosallañca hetu. Yañca gocarakosallaṃ yañca kallaṃ taṃ kosallaṃ paccayo. Vodānakosallaṃ hetu, kallaṃ paccayo. Sukhaṃ hetu, abyāpajjaṃ paccayo. Ayaṃ parikkhāro.
其中,什么是“安立”?犹如大地,无论人们放下净物还是不净物,它都保持那样;同样地,身体对于可意的触和不可意的触,也是如此;心无论面对排斥性的触还是乐受,也都保持那样。这段经文以譬喻作了详细的分别,是为利根者开演的法义。在这当中,实无安立的余地。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropanoti? Yathā pathavī sucimpi nikkhīpante asucimpi nikkhitte tādiseyeva evaṃ kāyo manāpikehipi phassehi amanāpikehipi phassehi tādisoyeva paṭighasamphassena vā sukhāya vedanāya tādisaṃ yo cittaṃ. Idaṃ suttaṃ vibhattaṃ saopammaṃ ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa vibhāgena. Tattha samāropanāya avakāso natthi.
100 其中,哪类经文属于杂染分?当不与善法相违、也不增长时,世尊便宣说其中的过患。因此,应当揭开那覆盖之物;揭开之后便不会被雨水所淋。所以,从过患的角度应加以揭开。如此,他便不被三法所压伏:修习不净想则不被贪所压伏,修习慈心则不被嗔所压伏,修习观智则不被痴所压伏。如是,在种种法中,那对治法便会圆满。与某一法相应的不善法,便无法侵袭他。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ? Yato ca kusalehi dhammehi na virodhati, na vaḍḍhati, imaṃ ādīnavaṃ bhagavā deseti, tasmā channaṃ vivareyya, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, tato ādīnavato vivareyyāti taṃ tīhi dhammehi nābhidhaṃsitāti asubhasaññāya rāgena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Mettāya dosena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Vipassanā mohena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Evañcassa yo yo dhammo paṭipakkho tamhi tamhi dhamme paripūrissati. Yo tassa dhammassa akusalo dhammo paṭipakkho, tena nādhivāsiyati.
又一种方式。那些自己无法生起的法,正是被教导的内容。“被覆盖的将被雨淋”:借着那些寻,便得以再次引导心,令其明净、清净;那倾向于远离、趣向远离、倾注于出离的心,于善法中便会得到增长、增广与广大,犹如青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中,在白分月里,日日夜夜唯应期待其增长,而非衰退。同样地,那心便不被压伏。再者,于此,不虚伪、不狡诈、不欺诳、正直之人,会如实地显露自己。其中,有所覆藏的人,不善法便追随他的心。“被覆盖的将被雨淋”:然而,不狡诈、不虚伪、不欺诳、正直之人,如实显露自己,其心便不被不善法所破坏。这便是经文的意旨。巴利
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ime dhammā attanā na sakkoti vuṭṭhānaṃ, te ete dhammā desitā. Channamativassatīti tehi vitakkaṃ yena ca sakkā puna desitaṃ cittaṃ vibhāvetuṃ pariyodāpetuṃ vivekaninnassa vivekapoṇassa vivekapabbhārassa vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjati kusalesu dhammesu, seyyathāpi nāma uppalaṃ vā kumudaṃ vā padumaṃ vā udake sukkapakkhe cando yāvaratti yāvadivaso āgacchati, tassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhitabbā, na parihāni, evaṃvidhaṃ taṃ cittaṃ nābhidhaṃsiyati. Aparopettha yo akūṭo asaṭho amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tattha yo chādeti tassa akusalā dhammā cittaṃ anudhāvanti. Channamativassatīti yo pana hoti asaṭho akūṭo amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tassa cittaṃ akusalehi dhammehi na viddhaṃsiyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
101 其中,什么是教示?在此,教示十不善业道为具有侵扰性,十善业道为无侵扰性,不因不善而得清净。正如世尊所说:“诸比丘,众生因心杂染而杂染。”巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Idha desitā dasa akusalakammapathā adhivassanatāya dasa kusalakammapathā anadhivassanatāya akusalehi na visujjhati. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissantī’’ti.
其中,什么是推度?若人心如此随顺,当他觉悟时,若有欺诳——即使与无间业相关,或是出于对导师功德的感念——这便是推度。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassevaṃ cittaṃ adhivāsiyati, tassa bujjhitassa yaṃ bhaveyya kūṭeyya, taṃ ānantariyenapi satthari vā guṇānukampanatāya, ayaṃ vicayo.
其中,什么是合理理趣?如此不随顺的心便出起;出起之后,安立于善法——这便是其中的合理。巴利
Tattha katamā yuttīti? Evaṃ anadhivasiyantaṃ cittaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Vuṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahati kusalesu dhammesūti atthi esā yutti.
“词的基础”:所谓“覆盖者被雨所淋”,即未加防护的覆盖者是词的基础;“显露者不为雨所淋”,即不加覆盖而有防护者是词的基础。因此,“应揭开覆盖者,显露者不为雨淋”正是这段教导的词的基础。巴利
Padaṭṭhānanti channamativassatīti channaṃ asaṃvarānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti achannaṃ saṃvaraṇānaṃ. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti desanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
特相理趣:所谓“覆盖者被雨淋”,是指凡是依种种覆盖而具有同一相的诸法,它们都会被穿透,因此应当揭开覆盖。“显露者不为雨淋”,是指凡是不依那种覆盖而具有同一相的诸法,它们全都不被雨淋。这便是特相理趣。巴利
Lakkhaṇoti channamativassatīti ye keci vicittena channena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te aviddhaṃsiyanti. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya. Vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti ye keci tena acchannena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te nātivassantīti lakkhaṇo hāro.
于此,什么是四阵列理趣?在这部经中,世尊的意趣是什么?凡是心被不善法所侵占的人,他们都将如法对治。这便是世尊在此的意趣。这是四阵列理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Yesaṃ kesañci cittaṃ akusalā dhammā adhipaṭidesitā te yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
转动之分别论:那种覆盖物有两种,应当将其中动摇的完全去除。对于无间定。在此,由轻安而生起慢,反令诸漏增长;由不信而趣向放逸;由放逸而低沉迷没,却又现出高举之态。正如世尊所说:“高举之人、放逸之人,他们的诸漏便得增长。”那四种取,即是四取,它们成为五取蕴。这些就是圣谛——苦与集。因此,应当揭开那覆盖物——由于那种因缘,诸漏便得增长。而通过断除它们,诸漏则被断除。在此,以不放逸而断除不信;以断除掉举与追悔,而断除粗重性,他的那两种法——止与修习——便不能达到圆满。那些漏的灭尽,这就是灭。这四种圣谛,即是转动之分别论。巴利
Āvaṭṭoti yaṃ channaṃ taṃ duvidhaṃ kampamānaṃ samucchitabbo. Ānantariyasamādhīnaṃ. Tattha passaddhiyañca māno āsave vaḍḍheti, assaddhiyena ca pamādaṃ gacchati, pamādena onamati, unnaḷabhāvaṃ gacchati. Vuttaṃ cetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘unnaḷānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā’’ti cattāri tāni upādānāni, yāni cattāri upādānāni, te pañcupādānakkhandhā bhavanti. Imāni saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyyāti yena hetunā, te āsavā vaḍḍhanti. Tesaṃ pahīnattā āsavā pahīyante. Tattha appamādena assaddhiyaṃ pahīyati uddhaccakukkuccappahānena oḷārikatā tassa dve dhammā na samatho ca bhāvanā ca pāripūriṃ gacchanti. Yo tesaṃ āsavānaṃ khayo, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni, ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
于此,什么是区分理趣?“雨水穿透覆盖物”——这并非一向说。是什么缘故呢?对于有还灭者而言,就如同有学。如世尊所说:巴利
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Channamativassatīti na ekaṃso. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yassa assā nivattanā yathāpi sekkhānaṃ. Yathāvuttaṃ bhagavatā –
“ 即使有学之人造作恶行,或以身、或以语、或以意;
他无法将此事隐藏,对见道者而言,这是不可能的。”巴利
‘‘Kiñcāpi sekkho pakareyya pāpaṃ, kāyena vācāya uda cetasā vā; Abhabbo hi tassa pariguhanāya, abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa hotī’’ti.
虽然他们的心有盖覆,但因无缘之故,在合宜之时仍应指出他们。这便是区分理趣。巴利
Kiñcāpi tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Api tu appaccayā samāye ca te niddisitabbā, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
于此,什么是反转理趣?“覆盖物被雨水所穿透”——对于那人,一切未显露的法会被穿透;已显露的法则不被穿透;无过失的法也不被穿透。这便是反转理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro. Channamativassatīti yassa ye dhammā sabbaṃ anavivaṭaṃ ativassiyati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, avaguṇantaṃ nātivassati. Ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
于此,什么是同义语理趣?“覆盖”即遮蔽、盖覆、隐藏、掩蔽、遮盖、障碍;“开放不被雨淋”即那些法已出离、已去除、不被烦恼之雨所淋、已呕出。这是同义语理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro. Channanti āvutaṃ nivutaṃ pihitaṃ paṭikujjitaṃ sañchannaṃ parodhaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti yassa te dhammā pabbajjitā vinodaṃ nādhivassitā vantikatāti, ayaṃ vevacano hāro.
于此,什么是施设理趣?“覆盖被雨淋”是烦恼分的施设;“开放不被雨淋”是正法的作用,此道依施设而施设;因此,“应开启覆盖”依教诫施设而施设;“开放不被雨淋”依解脱施设而施设。这是施设理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo paññatti hāro. Channamativassatīti kilesabhāgiyapaññattaṃ vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti sadhammakiccaṃ yaṃ paṭipadā paññattiyā paññattaṃ, tasmā hi channaṃ vivareyyāti anusāsanapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti niddhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti hāro.
于此,什么是契入理趣?“覆盖被雨淋”即三种烦恼——贪、嗔、痴。它们在诸蕴中属于行蕴……(中略)……如前所述,在蕴、界、处中。这是契入理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? Channamativassatīti tayo kilesā rāgo doso moho, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho…pe… te purā yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ khandhadhātuāyatanesu, ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
那么,什么是净化理趣?若依某种因缘而宣说此经,那个因缘便是相应的。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati so ārambho niyutto.
“确立”即“覆盖被雨淋”,这是依一性而施设的。何故?因为“此被雨淋”“此也被雨淋”“如此被雨淋”等,是依差异性、依不共的特相而施设的;而这正是那一性的施设。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānoti channamativassatīti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇaṃ? Idaṃ hi ativassatīti imassa ca ativassati evañca ativassatīti ayaṃ vemattatāya yā suṇasādhāraṇehi lakkhaṇehi paññāpiyati, sā ekattapaññatti.
在此,什么是“资具”?那被称为“被雨淋”者,有二因、二缘:不善的言说与乐着言说。这二者,即非如理作意与对善法的损害——这便是二种缘。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yañca taṃ ativassiyanti, tassa dve hetū dve paccayā akusalapasuteva vācakattābhirati ca. Ime dve ayonisomanasikāro ca kusalā dhammā vopasaggā ca, ime dve paccayā.
于此,什么是增上?“覆盖为雨所漏”即见其差异,“覆盖”即执取与指示;少闻者即生疑惑,以显著的不善根,由渴爱增长那些过失,以少损减而有诸行。以行为缘而有识,乃至老死,这就是增上。又,如那种说法:那些不善法增长、增大、达到广大,以那些行的灭,这也是增上。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? Channamativassatīti vemati passatīti channaṃ yaṃ pariggahituṃ yaṃ adesituṃ appassutaṃ yaṃ kathaṃkathā vibhūtena akusalamūlena yaṃ taṇhāya ca te vaḍḍhati dosāti sannitvā te appasakkhayena saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano . Yaṃ puna tathā desanā, tasseva akusalā dhammā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullatamāpajjati tassa saṅkhārā nirodhā, ayaṃ samāropano.
102 “四种人:黑暗趣向黑暗”……其中,什么被称为黑暗?就是那黑暗、黑暗。如世尊所说:“如同在那可怖的黑暗之中,自界动摇之人无法看见;同样,由于无智、黑暗、暗冥,他不信恶业及其果报。”因此,以这样的特征,无智就是黑暗、无明、痴,由此众生不能如实了知,便称为黑暗。那是三眼的黑暗:肉眼、天眼、慧眼的黑暗,此处所说这些眼的黑暗就是无智。那么,什么是无智、不见?就是依于前际的无智、后际的无智、前际后际的无智、因的无智、缘的无智。那无智者会得到定的异熟,他不知道“此应亲近”、“此不应作意”。他以那黑暗被表明,黑暗也就如此被言说。“愚痴”即是这样的思。因为那黑暗,此人被称为黑暗者。由于那黑暗,他未破除、未断除,而以黑暗为终极、为归趣,这便称为“黑暗趣向黑暗的人”。归趣就是应作意的法,那黑暗被烧尽,就现起其余的心。那些法对他来说是堪能思惟的,他以闻所成慧来观察。巴利
Cattāro puggalā tamo tamaparāyanoti…pe… tattha katamo vuccate tamo nāma? Yo tamo andhakāro, yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘yathā andhakāre tasmiṃ bhayānake sakampidhātupuriso na passati, evameva aññāṇato tamopanandhakāro pāpakasakammasavipākaṃ na saddho hoti. Iti evaṃ lakkhaṇatā aññāṇaṃ tamo avijjā moho, yena sattā yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, iti vuccati tamoti. So tiṇṇaṃ cakkhūnaṃ tamo maṃsacakkhuno dibbacakkhuno paññācakkhuno, imesaṃ cakkhūnaṃ idha tamo niddisiyati aññāṇanti. Tattha katamaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ? Atha nissaye yaṃ pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ hetumhi aññāṇaṃ paccayamhi aññāṇaṃ tassa aññāṇino samādhibhūtassa eso nissando. Yaṃ na jānāti idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na manasikātabbanti. So tena tamena niddisiyati tamopi yathā vuccati. Mūḷhoti evaṃ cetanā. Tena tamena so puggalo vuccati. Tamoti so tena tamena asamūhatena asamucchinnena tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo tamo tamaparāyanoti. Parāyanoyeva dhammo manasikātabbo so tamo dahati aññacittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti. So sutamayāya paññāya samanupassati.
于此,什么是黑暗趣向光明者?他以那慧力而行,如此行持便以此为归趣。这便称为黑暗趣向光明的人。巴利
Tattha katamo tamo jotiparāyano? So tena paññāvasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyantassa parāyano bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo jotiparāyano.
那么,什么是光以光为归趣的人?这里所说的“光”,就是那些对治黑暗的法,乃至包括智慧之光。他是一个闻法者,虽在暗中,却以光为归趋。如果这样的人得遇善知识,这位善知识会使他远离不善,令他于已修习的善法上继续修习,并为他说正法:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应交往,这些法不应交往;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”他以想为想,依念根而住,如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应修习,这些法不应修习;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”他善听诸法,倾耳谛听,心中现起了知,那些法适合他思惟。他具足闻所成慧,依此力量而行,以此为正行,以此为最上,以此为归趣。这样的人便名为光以光为归趣的人。巴利
Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano ? Tattha vuccati joti nāma yaṃ tassa ce tamassa paṭipakkhena ye ca dhamme antamaso ñāṇāloko, so suṇadhammo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, tattha vuccate, yoyaṃ puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, so yadi tathārūpaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ paṭilabhati, yo naṃ akusalato ca nivāreti bhāvitakusalatāva bhāvī niyojetīti . Evañca saddhammaṃ deseti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhajitabbā, ime dhammā na bhajitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. Paccate saññāya yathā saññāyati satindriyāni, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvetabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvetabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. So te dhamme susuyyati, sotaṃ odahati, aññaṃ cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti, so sutamayāya paññāya samannāgato so tena paccayavasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyanti tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
那么,什么是光以暗为归趣的人?所谓“光”,就是那些对治黑暗的法,乃至包括智慧之光。那么,怎样被称为“以暗为归趣”呢?因为有智慧,他才被称为贤智者。他如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善;这些法有罪过,这些法无罪过;这些法应亲近,这些法不应亲近;这些法应修习,这些法不应修习;这些法应具足而住,这些法不应具足而住;这些法应作意,这些法不应作意。”然而,他却亲近恶友,追随恶友,增长不善法,舍弃善法。他因放逸、依于诸想、不正作意,而修习失念与不正知。就这样,在与善法对治的黑暗中,他增长了暗;他被暗所征服,以暗为归趣,以暗为最上。这样的人便名为光以暗为归趣的人。巴利
Tattha katamo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Joti nāma yā tasseva tamassa paṭipakkhena ye dhammā antamaso ñāṇāloko, so puna dhammo. Katamā uccate? Paññāyato paṇḍitoti vuccate, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvitabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbā. Idha pana pāpamittasaṃsevano pāpamittavasānugo akusale dhamme abhivaḍḍheti, kusale dhamme pajahati. So tena pamādena paccayasaññā amanasikatvā assatiasampajaññaṃ āsevati. Tayā yo paṭipakkho tamo, so pavaḍḍheti. So tamābhibhūto parāyano tamaparamo ceva bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo joti tamaparāyano.
103 那么,什么是光以光为归趣的人?这里所说的这种人,亲近善知识,善于结交善友,并探寻善法。他到善知识那里,询问、请问:“什么是善,什么是不善?什么是有罪过,什么是无罪过?什么应亲近,什么不应亲近?什么应修习,什么不应修习?什么应具足而住,什么不应具足而住?什么应作意,什么不应作意?如何有杂染,如何有清净?如何有流转,如何有还灭?如何有系缚,如何有解脱?如何有身见集,如何有身见灭?”他依照所教导、所显现的行持,如此了知:“这些法是善,这些法是不善。”这样,以至“如何有身见集,如何有身见灭”,他都详加了解。他于这些法心怀渴仰,如此,他的相、智、明与光明便得以增长。他以那为最上,以那为归趣。这样的人便名为光以光为归趣的人。巴利
Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano? Tattha vuccate soyaṃ puggalo kalyāṇamittassa sannissito bhavati sakkā saṃyogī kusalaṃ gavesī, so kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati, paripañhayati? Kiṃ kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ? Kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajjaṃ? Kiṃ sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ na sevitabbaṃ? Kiṃ bhāvitabbaṃ, kiṃ na bhāvitabbaṃ? Kiṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, kiṃ na upasampajja vihātabbaṃ? Kiṃ manasikātabbaṃ, kiṃ na manasikātabbaṃ? Kathaṃ saṃkileso hoti, kathaṃ vodānaṃ hoti? Kathaṃ pavatti hoti, kathaṃ nivatti hoti? Kathaṃ bandho hoti, kathaṃ mokkho hoti? Kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hoti? So ettha desitaṃ yathā upaṭṭhitaṃ tathā sampaṭipajjanto so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Evaṃ…pe… yāva kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hotīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. So te dhamme adhipāṭikaṅkhāti evaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ vijjā ālokaṃ vaḍḍheti. So puggalo tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccate puggalo joti jotiparāyano.
于此,什么是暗而以暗为归趣的补特伽罗?他宣说不善法,并以其修习指示投生于恶趣,以此不善法为至上、为归宿。这样的补特伽罗,便称为暗而以暗为归趣者。巴利
Tattha katamo puggalo tamo tamaparāyano? Yo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ dīpeti. Taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
于此,谁是暗却以光为归趣的补特伽罗?他以暗来显示不善业的果报。这暗,便是善知识的眼睛;依此眼睛,他得以舍弃不善法,增长善法。巴利
Tattha yo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano? So tamena akusalassa kammassa vipākaṃ dasseti. Tameti yaṃ cakkhu kalyāṇamittassa yena akusale dhamme pajahati, kusale dhamme abhivaḍḍhati.
于此,凡是显示将投生于胜妙之趣,并以此为至上者,由此便被称为暗却以光为归趣者。巴利
Tattha yo ca paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo tena vuccate tamo jotiparāyano.
于此,那称为“光以暗为归趣”的补特伽罗,是为显示善业的果报。那因与恶友交往、亲近恶友、随顺恶友而增长不善法之眼,以此修习,显示了在卑劣生趣中的投生。以此为最上,故说为“光以暗为归趣者”。巴利
Tattha yo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Kusalassa kammavipākaṃ dasseti. Yaṃ cakkhu pāpamittasaṃsaggena pāpamittupasevena pāpamittavasānugo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ abhivaḍḍhati, taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tena vuccate joti tamaparāyano.
于此,那称为“光明、以光明为归趣”的补特伽罗,他以光明、以光辉,显示直至殊胜生趣的投生。以此为最上,故说为“光明、以光明为归趣者”。巴利
Tattha yo puggalo joti jotiparāyano so jotitā pabhātā yāva paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tenāha joti jotiparāyano.
“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示十不善业的生起。借着此补特伽罗,显示不善业的果报,而不显示不善法的果报。以此显示八邪性。以光明显示八正性。“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示十不善业道。以光明显示殊胜性。以此、以光明为归趣,显示不应热恼之法。“光明、以黑暗为归趣”,显示应热恼之法。这便是经义。巴利
Jotitamaparāyanena dasa akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ udayaṃ dasseti. Tamena puggalena akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Na akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Tamena aṭṭha micchattāni dasseti. Jotinā aṭṭha sammattāni dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena dasa akusalakammapathe dasseti. Jotinā paṇītattaṃ dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena atapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena tapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
104 什么是教说理趣?本经中开示了什么?即:于此经中,开示了善与不善法,开示了善与不善法的果报,开示了下劣与殊胜有情各趣向的种种差别因缘。这便是教说理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Tattha vuccate imamhi sutte kusalākusalā dhammā desitā. Kusalākusalānañca dhammānaṃ vipāko desito. Hīnappaṇītānañca sattānaṃ gati nānākāraṇaṃ desitaṃ. Ayaṃ desanā hāro.
什么是抉择理趣?若有人领受不善业的果报,安住其中而生起不善法,此时加以简择是适当的;若有人领受善业的果报,安住其中而生起善法,此时加以简择也是适当的。这便是简择与适当。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Akusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito akusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Kusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito kusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ vicayo yutti ca.
什么是足处理趣?凡光明的补特伽罗,是省察的立足处;凡黑暗的补特伽罗,则被示为黑暗等,即随观的立足处。依此,以光明为归趣者,开示不放逸的立足处;黑暗则开示无明与邪见的立足处。以光明而趣向黑暗者,则开示放逸与邪见的立足处。这便是立足处。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yo puggalo joti, so paccavekkhaṇāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yo puggalo tamo, so tamādinnaṃ vānupassanāya padaṭṭhānanti dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tamo avijjāya ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena pamādassa ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
什么是特相理趣?当以黑暗为依处时,“黑暗”即指无明,一切烦恼法亦随之被指出;当以光明为依处时,“光明”即指明,一切菩提分法亦随之被指出。又,以黑暗与光明为依处,即指示放逸;以光明为依处,即指示不放逸。这便是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Tamena tamaparāyanena tamoti avijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbakilesadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Tamena jotiparāyanena jotivijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbe bodhipakkhiyadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Jotitamaparāyanena pamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
什么是四阵列理趣?此经中世尊的意趣为何?那些出身卑贱的众生,听闻此法后,不会受持善法、依之而行;那些出身高贵的众生,听闻此法教后,会更加精勤地受持善法、依之而行。这便是四阵列理趣,是关于地的教示。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā nīcakulino, na te imaṃ sutvā kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. Ye sattā uccakulino, te imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhiyyoso mattāya kusale dhamme samādāya vattissantīti. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro. Bhūmiyaṃ upadeso.
什么是转回理趣?从无明生起的渴爱,即是集;黑暗及以黑暗为依处,即是苦。这二谛——苦与集——借由光明,通过此经、此法而得以施设,此法即是慧根的立足处。依此无痴,三善根得以圆满,成为天界的立足处。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yā avijjāto pabhūti taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Yo tamo tamaparāyano, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca joti yena suttena dhammena paññāpiyati, so dhammo paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena amohena tīṇi kusalamūlāni pāripūriṃ gacchanti saggassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是分别?“黑暗导向黑暗”并非一向如此。什么缘故呢?因为有黑暗的有,与顺后次受的善业光明之人同时生起;也有光明的有,与顺后次受的不善业黑暗之人同时生起。由转变故,彼于诸黑暗中为对治,以光明而导向黑暗。巴利
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Tamo tamaparāyanoti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Atthi tamo ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca kusalena jotinā puggalena sahopattibhāve. Atthi joti ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca akusalena tamena puggalena sahopattibhāve parivattanā tamesu paṭipakkhoti jotinā tamaparāyano.
于此,什么是差别?那黑暗之人,如此行道自损,他是无信的愚者,不善巧,不聪慧,不见过患。那光明之人,则行道自利,他是贤智者,善巧,聪慧,见过患。这就是差别。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yo tamo, so evaṃ attabyāpādāya paṭipanno, so assaddhāya bālo akusalo abyatto anādīnavadassī. Yo joti, so attahitāya paṭipanno paṇḍito kusalo byatto ādīnavadassī. Ayaṃ vevacano.
于此,什么是施设?那人以果报施设而被施设,以不善法所摄取而被施设。以光明善法投生施设而被施设,也以善法果报施设而被施设。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? So puggalo vipākapaññattiyā paññāpiyati, akusale pariyādinnatā paññāpiyati. Jotikusaladhammupapattipaññattiyā paññāpiyati kusaladhammavipākapaññattiyā cāti.
“下降”:凡是依无明为缘的诸行、凡是老死、以及无明本身,此是足处;以解说而言,明的生起、无明的灭尽,乃至老死的灭尽,此二法摄属行蕴。以足处而言,指法界与法处;以解说而言,则指诸界。巴利
Otaraṇoti ye avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā yañca jarāmaraṇaṃ yā ca avijjā, taṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, niddesena vijjuppādo avijjānirodho yo yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ime dve dhammā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā. Dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca padaṭṭhānaṃ niddesena dhātūsu.
于此,什么是“净化”?即此经所诠的开端。“决意”:世尊说“黑暗”,并非针对某一众生而说。在一切有情诸趣中,凡依恶行法而投生者,世尊以广说之义将其指示为“黑暗”。凡一切有情中依善法而投生者,彼一切称为“光明”。这是一种统一性,以如理作意的施设为缘,针对由四大种所成之人。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano? Imassa suttassa desitassa ārambho. Adhiṭṭhānoti tamoti bhagavā bravīti, na ekaṃ puggalaṃ deseti. Yāvatā sattānaṃ gati, tattha ye duccaritadhammena upapannā, te bahulādhivacanena tamo niddisati. Yā joti sabbasattesu kusaladhammopapatti sabbaṃ taṃ jotīti abhilapati ayamekatā paccayo yonisomanasikārapaññatti catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ puggalānaṃ.
于此,什么是“资具”?不善法的恶友性是缘,非如理作意是因。善法的善友性是缘,如理作意是因。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Akusalassa pāpamittatā paccayo, ayoniso manasikāro hetu. Kusalassa kalyāṇamittatā paccayo, yoniso manasikāro hetu.
于此,什么是增上?有一类人,生在卑贱家族,即所谓“生卑贱家”者,却能于色、声、香、味、触之中,受生于世间人的一切受用。光明则受生于殊胜的善法,也受生于世间人的一切受用。巴利
Tattha katamā samāropanāti? Idhekacco nīce kule paccājāto hotīti nīce kule paccājāto rūpesu saddesu gandhesu rasesu phassesu, so upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge. Joti paṇītesu kusalesu upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge upapannoti.
105 于此,什么是杂染分与通达分的经?即“诸智者不说那是坚固的束缚”这一偈颂。何以说那束缚并非坚固?因为有四种途径可以解脱:凭势力、凭财富、凭乞求,或凭依怙。然而,对于宝珠耳环、儿女、妻子的贪爱,才是这心的束缚。它既不能凭势力解脱,也不能凭财富、乞求或依怙解脱;于此中,没有任何对价可作交换。“从此束缚解脱”——无论是天或人,这束缚都是依贪随眠与六外处而系缚的。于色,是色渴爱的束缚;乃至于法,是法渴爱的束缚。凡在此世的束缚,就会被带往他世。那束缚即生,束缚即死。束缚从此世去往他世,除了以圣道,便无可解脱。他如实了知此束缚与死、生的可怖之后,便舍断欲贪。由舍断欲贪而得超越,他超越了此世,也超越了由此而来的第二他世。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ ca suttaṃ? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti gāthā. Kena kāraṇena taṃ bandhanaṃ daḷhaṃ? Catūhi kāraṇehi issariyena sakkā mocetuṃ dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā. Yesu ca ayaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, idamassa cetasikabandhanaṃ. Taṃ na sakkā issariyena vā dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā mocetuṃ. Na ca tattha koci atthi pāṭibhogo. Iminā bandhanato mocayitthāti devo vā manusso vā tadidaṃ bandhanaṃ rāgānusayena ca chasu bāhiresu ca āyatanesu bandhati. Rūpesu rūpataṇhā bandhati, yāva dhammesu dhammataṇhā. Yo idha loke bandho paralokasmiṃ bandho nīyati. So bandho jāyati, bandho mīyati. Bandho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati. Na sakkā mocetuṃ aññatra ariyamaggena imañca bandhanaṃ. Maraṇabhāvañca upapattibhāvañca bhayato viditvā chandarāgaṃ pajahati. So imaṃ chandarāgaṃ pajahitvā atikkamati. Ayañca loko ito paraṃ dutiyo.
于此,舍断结缚与诸行,这便称为于两处精进,正如牟尼不被香气所染。同样,于所取、于儿女和妻子,不被忧箭所中,这便显示了舍断那渴爱。这是从渴爱之根的舍断而言的:胜者不放逸,而欲正是放逸所行之处;为了予以舍断,他便乐于出离,住于不放逸。为了舍断对它们的意向,他既不希求此世间,也不希求他世间。他不依止此世而希求可爱、可悦之色,也不依止他世而希求可爱、可悦之色,因此说“不希求此世与他世间”。他的舍断即是断除,正如在八颂中所说的牟尼。在八颂中,与此相对的是不希求,而此处则是无依。如此,这一偈便显示了那渴爱、那所取及一切欲境。因此,世尊教导:“断除此后,无期待地游行,舍断一切欲。”此偈有两种解释:随系释与会时释,故而此偈兼具杂染分与通达分。这便是以该偈分别阐明杂染分与通达分的方法。如此,即是一切偈颂或诸解释中所说的经。巴利
Tattha yaṃ bandhanāsaṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ idaṃ vuccati ubhayesu ṭhānesu vīriyaṃ, gandhaparivāto sumuni nopalimpati. Tatheva pariggahesu puttesu dāresu ca avūḷho salloti tasseva taṇhāya pahānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ taṇhāmūlassa pahānā vare appamattoti kāmo pamādavattati pahānāya nekkhammābhirato appamādavihārī bhavati. Tassa āsayaṃ pahānāya neva imaṃ lokaṃ āsīsati na paralokaṃ. Na idhalokaṃ nissitaṃ, piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati. Nāpi paralokaṃ nissitaṃ piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati, tena vuccate ‘‘nāsīsate lokamimaṃ paraṃ lokañcā’’ti. Yaṃ tassa pahānaṃ taṃ chedanaṃ aṭṭhakavaggiyesu muni niddiṭṭho. So idha virodho aṭṭhakavaggiyesu nāsīsanaṃ idha anāthā. Tathāyaṃ taṇhāya tassa pariggahassa vatthukāmassa ekagāthāya ete sabbe kāmā dassitā. Tena bhagavā deseti ‘‘etampi chetvāna paribbajanti anapekkhino sabbakāme pahāyā’’ti. Imissā gāthāya dvidhā niddeso saṃsandananiddeso ca samayaniddeso ca, yathā ayaṃ gāthā saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca, evaṃ tāya gāthāya saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca visajjanā. Evaṃ gāthā sabbagāthāsu byākaraṇesu vā niddiṭṭhaṃ suttaṃ.
106 此处,何谓教导?此经是以何种意趣而宣说的?对于贪行有情,他们将舍断诸欲——这即是世尊在此处的意趣。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Imaṃ suttaṃ kenādhippāyena desitaṃ. Ye rāgacaritā sattā, te kāme pajahissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo.
此处,何谓简择?对那十事烦恼已被超越、被吐出、被了知的人而言。如何为十?即欲烦恼、下分结、上分结,以及十事处——这便是简择。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa dasavatthukā kilesā uttiṇṇā vantā viditā. Katame dasavidhāti , kilesakāmā ca orambhāgiyauddhambhāgiyā ca saṃyojanā dasavatthukāni āyatanāni, ayaṃ vicayo.
此处,何谓合理理趣?那些深生染著的人,会被坚固的系缚所绑缚,这便是此处的合理。巴利
Tattha katamā yutti? Ye sārattā te gāḷhabandhanena bandhanti atthi esā yutti.
其中,什么是词义?对宝珠耳环的染著,是“我所执”的词义。期待,是对过去事物怀有贪著的词义。“断除此”是修习的词义。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu mamaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Apekkhāti atītavatthussa sarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Etampi chetvāti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相理趣?心染著于宝珠耳环,耽著于我执,耽著于我所执,于子女与妻染著,于田地住处染著。这便是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sārattacitto maṇikuṇḍalesu yo ahaṃkāre visatto mamaṃkāre visatto, yo puttadāre sāratto. Khettavatthusmiṃ sāratto. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是四阵列理趣?于此经中,世尊的用意何在?那些对涅槃生起希求的人,必将舍断对子女与妻的渴爱。这便是世尊在此处的用意。这便是四圣谛。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo. Ye nibbānena chandikā bhavissanti, te puttadāre taṇhaṃ pajahissanti. Ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Imāni cattāri saccāni.
于此,什么是轮转?对妻儿的渴爱,这便是集。诸执取蕴,以及对于外色的执取,这便是苦;其中应被断除的,这便是灭;由此而被破除的,这便是道。“分别”:此处没有分别的余地;“转变”:已阐明对治。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Yā puttadāre taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Ye upādinnakkhandhā, te ye ca bāhiresu rūpesu rūpapariggaho, idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ tattha chedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena bhijjati, ayaṃ maggo. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi, parivattanoti paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho.
于此,什么是详说?已宣说的详说。于此,什么是陷溺?有渴爱,一位有情陷溺其中,以此为缘而有识,乃至老死。那里的受,即是无明;明生起时,无明灭尽,乃至老死灭尽。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano? Niddiṭṭho vevacano. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Atthi taṇhā eko satto otiṇṇo tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Yā tattha vedanā, ayaṃ avijjā vijjuppādā avijjānirodho yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
于此,什么是净化?偈颂的开端是清净的。于此,什么是确立?“智者不说那是坚固的束缚”——此以同一性而施设,非以差异性。四种贪——欲贪、色贪、有贪、见贪——亦是以同一性而施设。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho gāthāya ārambho. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti ekattatāya paññattā, na vemattatāya. Cattāro rāgā kāmarāgo rūparāgo bhavarāgo diṭṭhirāgo cāti ekattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是资具?对于执著宝珠耳环的人,贪欲以净相为因,以执取相与随形好为缘。若能断除这些,则转以不净相为因,以去除对相与随形好的执取为缘。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yesaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu tassa subhasaññā hetu, anubyañjanaso ca nimittaggāhitā paccayo. Yāya te chinnāni tassa asubhasaññā hetu, nimittaggahaṇaanubyañjanaggahaṇavinodanaṃ paccayo.
于此,什么是安立?对宝珠耳环生起贪染、迷惑、愚痴乃至嗔恨者,断除这些而游行,为遍知、为避离而舍断,这便称为安立。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu sammūḷhavidho duṭṭhātipi etampi chetvāna paribbajantīti taṃ pariññātatthaṃ parivajjitatthaṃ pajahitā, ayaṃ samāropano.
107 凡是心所、凡是所构思的,详细地说即是缘;或者说,有心所的业、身的业、心所的业。什么原因呢?因为心所中的思,称为意业,那思即是业;凡是心所的,连同此身业与语业,这三种业已被说明。身业与语业,若属善的,以身与语发起的可爱、可执取,便称为戒禁取。思惟这些即是三种行——福行、非福行、不动行,以此为缘而有识,它们便成为识安住的所缘。凡是净想、乐想、我想,这是心所的。凡是趣向于色的识安住,以色为所缘,以色为依止,以喜为滋润而增长、增大、增广,这是所构思的。如此,凡在识住中安立的,以最初生起所缘的方式而有取,这便称为心所的。巴利
Yaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ pakappitaṃ vitthārena paccayo, yaṃ vā cetasikaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikaṃ kammaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇā? Cetasikā hi cetanā manokammāti vuccate, sā cetanākammaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ imaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca imāni tīṇi kammāni niddiṭṭhāni. Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammañca tāni kusalāni piyaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca ārabhati parāmasati, ayaṃ vuccati sīlabbataparāmāso. Saṅkappanā te tividhā saṅkhārā puññamayā apuññamayā āneñjamayā, tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ te ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Yā subhasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā ca. Idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ rūpūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchati, ayaṃ saṅkappanā, iti yaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu ṭhitaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattiārammaṇavasena upādānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati cetasikanti.
安住于无色者,若起欢喜、耽著,这本身即是动摇。对可喜、可爱、可乐之色所起的倾向,属于心所。所谓“思”,即是对有情可意境所起的贪身系、在随眠中所起的嗔恚身系,乃至全部四系缚――这是心最初投向五种欲乐时的思。若人随观其味,则众多不善、恶法便成为心的无色有。人被贪爱随缚,由他们烦恼欲而随欲造作,这便称为于诸欲中思惟。如此,便有一切四暴流。凡被那些欲系缚而住、修习、耽著,此即是思。对于如是未离贪、已得爱者,由所爱变异、变易故,便生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼,识随苦而转;忆念者由于坏灭法的生起,心被完全执取,这便称为思惟。巴利
Tattha ṭhitassa arūpassa yā nikanti ajjhosānaṃ, idampi sakampitaṃ manāpikesu rūpesu piyarūpasātarūpesu ābhogo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ ceteti sattesu manāpikesu abhijjhākāyagantho paṭighānusayesu byāpādakāyagantho sabbe cattāro ganthā, ayaṃ pañcasu kāmaguṇesu paṭhamābhinipāto cittassa yā cetanā yassa tattha assādānupassissa anekā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ arūpavatiyo honti. Puggalo rāgānubandhibhūto tehi kilesakāmehi yathā kāmakaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vuccate kāmesu pakappanā. Evaṃ sabbe cattāro oghā. Yaṃ tehi kāmehi saṃyutto viharati bhāvito ajjhosanno, ayaṃ cetanā. Yassa tathāyaṃ avītarāgassa adhigatapemassa tassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā dukkhānuparivattitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti saritassa vayadhammasamuppādo cittaṃ pariyādiyati, idaṃ vuccati pakappitanti.
每一处有思与思惟之处,便有识的住立。此住立有两种:所缘住立与食住立。其中,所缘住立是名色的缘。而食住立――即能令再有生起、令再生相续的住立――则被称为所缘。它成为识的住立;以彼识为缘,而有名色,乃至老死;并且,先有思,后又生起希求。由于并非再生,在未来事中,此对治已被宣说。若不思、不希求,却仍然坏灭,这便是两种宣说。先前存在的、那心所的、那思惟的未被根除时,便由此而生,这就是识的住立。巴利
Ekamekassa ceteti ca pakappeti ca viññāṇassa ṭhiti yā hoti, sā ca ṭhiti dvidhā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti ca āhāraṭṭhiti ca. Tattha yā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti, ayaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo . Yā āhāraṭṭhiti yā punabbhavābhinibbattikā ṭhiti yā ca ponobhavikā ṭhiti, ayaṃ vuccati ārammaṇaṃ. Taṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā tassa viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇañca ceteti, atha ca puna patthayate yato na ponobhavikā anāgatavatthumhi, ayaṃ paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho. Na ceteti na patthayati atha ca dūsetīti duvidho niddeso. Assa pubbe hoti taṃ cetasikaṃ taṃ pakappitaṃ asamūhataṃ tappaccayā, ayaṃ viññāṇassa ṭhiti hoti.
108 又或者,那人的随眠显现,以此为缘,他的再有生起。或者他被怀疑“仍会回到家中”,或者是微细的,或者存在,或者不被怀疑于诸欲,他却已于如是常家之中出生。他导向那不可构作之事,如是诸行被思、被思惟而成为所缘;凡是思,凡是思惟,凡是事已生起,此二者都是识的所缘。如是,对于思、对于思惟、对于希求,有情思与思惟。凡是寻求,即是不思、不思惟。什么是有情?凡是胎生、卵生而卵未破、湿生而膜未破者,这些称为有情。什么是寻求生?入胎者、入卵者、轮回者,他们不思、不希求、不思惟。于随眠中,不再有生起吗?凡是有情,凡是寻求生者,他们是不动的。或者有念者思、希求,而凡是不动者,他们不思、不希求、不思惟,以随眠而轮回。巴利
Atha vā tassa anusayā āvibhavanti tappaccayā tassa punabbhavo nibbattati. Atha vā naṃ saṃkiyate appetu āgāre vā, sukhumā vā santi vā na saṃkiyate kāme taṃ evaṃ niccesupi āgāresu jāto hoti. Taṃ nayati yaṃ no kappetuṃ evaṃ saṅkhārā cetitā pakappitā ca ārammaṇabhūtā honti, yā ca cetanā yā ca pakappanā yañca vatthu nibbattaṃ, ubhopi ete ārammaṇaṃ viññāṇassa tathā cetanāya ca saṅkappanāya ca patthanāya ca bhūtā sattā ceteti ca saṅkappeti ca. Yaṃ gavesanā na ca ceteti na ca saṅkappeti. Katame ca sattā bhūtā? Ye ca tanujātaaṇḍajāpi aṇḍakā anubhinnā saṃsedajā na ca sambhinnā ime bhūtā. Katame sambhavesino gabbhagatā aṇḍagatā saṃsaranto ime na ceteti na pattheti na ca saṅkappeti. Anusaye na ca punabbhavo nibbattīti? Ye bhūtā sattā ye sambhavesino, te thāvarā. Ye vā sato cetenti patthenti ca ye thāvarā. Te na ca cetenti, na ca patthenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一种方式:那些有学圣者,于此既不思,也不思惟,依随眠而再度受生。巴利
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ariyapuggalā sekkhā, tattha te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena puna uppajjanti.
另一种方式:那些微细的有情,行于地中、行于水中,不来到眼的范围,他们既不思,也不思惟,唯依随眠而轮回。巴利
Aparo pariyāyo. Sukhumā pāṇā bhūmigatā udakagatā cakkhuno āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一种方式:所有外道比丘皆具我慢,他们既不思,也不希求,依随眠而轮回;既不思,也不思惟,亦无随眠。那并非识安住的所缘。巴利
Aparo pariyāyo. Bāhikā sabbe bhikkhū abhimānikā, te na ca cetenti, na ca patthayanti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti, na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, na ca anusenti. Ārammaṇampetaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā.
“不思”显示缠的断除,“不随眠”显示随眠的断除。“不思”显示粗烦恼的舍断,“不随眠”显示细烦恼的舍断。“不思”且于此地“不希求”者,为一来者、不来者;“不随眠”者,为阿拉汉。“不思”显示以戒蕴为对治的舍断,“不希求”显示以定蕴为对治的舍断,“不随眠”显示以慧蕴为对治的舍断。“不思”显示非福行的舍断,“不希求”显示福行的舍断,“不随眠”显示不动行的舍断。“不思”是未知当知根,“不希求”是已知根,“不随眠”是具已知者根。“不思”为软根修习,“不希求”为中根修习,“不随眠”为最上根修习。这便是经的含义。巴利
Na ca cetetīti pariyuṭṭhānasamugghātaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti anusayasamugghātaṃ dasseti . Na ca cetetīti oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti sukhumānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca cetetīti yena bhūmi ca na ca patthayantīti sakadāgāmī anāgāmī, na ca anusetīti arahaṃ, na ca cetetīti sīlakkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti samādhikkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusayatīti paññākkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti apuññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti puññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusetīti āneñjamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, na ca patthayatīti aññindriyaṃ, na ca anusayatīti aññātāvino indriyaṃ. Na ca cetetīti mudukā indriyabhāvanā, na ca patthayatīti majjhaindriyabhāvanā, na ca anusetīti adhimattā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
109 其中,什么是教示?在这部经中,教示了四圣谛。所思及所分别者,有其所缘,心依此住立、寻求、相应。“不思”即“不希求”,有如是所缘,识在随眠中寻求、相应,既“不思”亦“不希求”。由随眠的断除,识不再寻求住立,此寻求则相应。这便是对理法的寻求。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Idha sutte cattāri saccāni desitāni. Yañca cetayitaṃ yañca pakappitaṃ atthi etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ patiṭṭhati vicinati yujjati. Na ca cetetīti na ca patthayatīti atthi evaṃ ārammaṇaṃ anusaye viññāṇamiti viciniyati yujjati na ca ceteti na ca patthayati. Anusayappahānā viññāṇaṭṭhitiṃ na gavesanti, viciyantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ yuttivicayo.
其中,什么是足处?思为缠的足处,而思正是缠的足处。分别作意是取的足处。随眠是缠的足处。为灭除对它们的欲贪而修习,这便是对有贪的断除。巴利
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Cetanā pariyuṭṭhānaṃ cetanāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anusayo pariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesaṃ chandarāgavināsāya bhāvanā bhavarāgassa pahānaṃ.
在那里,什么是特相?所谓心所,即所感受、所思量、所执取、所识知者——彼识既是所缘,亦是缘。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ cetasikanti vedayitaṃ pakappitaṃ uggahitaṃ viññātaṃ tabbiññāṇaṃ ārammaṇampi paccayopi.
在那里,什么是四种布列?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些不希求再生的人,便不再思量、不再愿求——这便是其意趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye punabbhavaṃ na icchanti, te na cetayissanti na ca patthayissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
“轮转”:即思、愿求、随眠,以及识住的舍断,这即是两种谛。“分别论”:并无分别论所依的基础。而“转变”则是对治之经。巴利
Āvaṭṭoti yā ca cetanā patthanā ca anusayo ca viññāṇaṭṭhitipahānā ca, imāni dve saccāni. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanā pana paṭipakkhaṃ suttaṃ.
其中,什么是详说?思,即色思乃至法思;随眠,即是那七种随眠。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano? Cetanā rūpasañcetanā yāvadhammasañcetanā. Yo anusayo, te satta anusayā.
“施设”:思缠,由施设而施设;思惟,由取施设而施设;随眠,由因施设而施设;识住,由再生因施设而施设;思、思惟、随眠、断绝,由欲贪调伏之施设而施设。于初者,某些人通过两种轮转,以“此缘性”为中而施设缘起。巴利
Paññattīti cetanāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā paññattā. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Anusayo hetupaññattiyā paññatto. Viññāṇaṭṭhiti upapattihetupaññattiyā paññattā. Cetanā saṅkappanā anusayo samucchedo chandarāgavinayapaññattiyā paññatto. Paṭhame keci dvīhi parivattakehi paṭiccasamuppādo idappaccayatāya majjhapaññatti.
“下降”:以两种轮转契入苦与集,以中间的轮转契入道与灭。“清净”:于经中,即是经的起始。巴利
Otaraṇoti dvīhi parivattakehi dukkhañca samudayo ca majjhimakehi maggo ca nirodho ca. Sodhanoti sutte suttassa ārambho.
“确立”:凡所思维的一切,依确立施设为一性。“所思维者”:依取施设为一性。识施设为一性。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānoti yañcetayitaṃ sabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānena ekattāya paññattaṃ. Saṅkappitanti upādānekattāya paññattaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ ekattāya paññattaṃ.
“资具”:净相为所缘,非如理作意与思,依因缘性而为缘。识的所依法,依所缘缘性而为缘。其作意,依因缘性而为缘。巴利
Parikkhāroti subhañca ārammaṇaṃ ayoniso manasikāro cetanā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Viññāṇassa patiṭṭhāno dhammo ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Tassa manasikāro hetupaccayatāya paccayo.
其中,什么是增益?“此经所指,他在那里思惟”,应如此解说。对于该见,以识为缘而有名色,乃至老死,此是增益。此非识住之所缘,由识灭而名色灭,由名色灭而乃至老死灭。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? Idaṃ suttaṃ saññitaṃ tattha ceteti visajjanā iti niddisitabbā. Tassa diṭṭhiyā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano. Ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
110 其中,何为杂染分、通达分与无学分的经典?从“此世间为热恼所生”乃至“凡有沙门或婆罗门说由有而解脱有”。杂染分:“依于所依,此苦生起”;然彼诸渴爱若被断尽,“不欢喜有”,于通达寂灭之比丘,无取而不复有。“超越一切有者”,是为无学分。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto yāva ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu. Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhoti, yā tā pana taṇhā pahīyanti, bhavaṃ nābhinandatīti nibbedhassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno anupādāya punabbhavo na hoti. Upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādīti asekkhabhāgiyaṃ.
其中,“热恼所生”是指:贪所生的热恼、嗔所生的热恼、痴所生的热恼,由此显示那些众生的处所。“世间为热恼所生”:触有三种——乐受相应触、苦受相应触、不苦不乐受相应触。其中,乐受触为贪热恼,苦受触为嗔热恼,不苦不乐受触为痴热恼。正如世尊于初瓦喇哈咖之牛粪堆处所说:“居士之子,那些由贪所生、由嗔所生、由痴所生的热恼,若众生以此而苦卧,这些热恼我悉已断除。”巴利
Tattha santāpajātoti rāgajo santāpo dosajo mohajoti. Tesaṃ sattānaṃ ṭhānaṃ dasseti . Loko santāpajātoti phasso tividho sukhavedanīyo dukkhavedanīyo adukkhamasukhavedanīyo. Tattha sukhavedanīyo phasso rāgasantāpo, dukkhavedanīyo dosasantāpo, adukkhamasukhavedanīyo mohasantāpo. Yathā ca bhagavā āha paṭhamakassa valāhakassa gomagge yehi gahapatiputta rāgajehi dosajehi mohajehi santāpehi dukkhaṃ supati, te mama santāpā na santi.
“称病为我”:他为彼诸热恼所逼,便执取三种颠倒——想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒。其中,“于不净作净想”是想颠倒,“于苦作乐想”是心颠倒,“于无常作常想”及“于无我作我想”是见颠倒。巴利
Rogaṃ vadati attatoti tehi santāpehi santāpito tividhaṃ vipallāsaṃ paṭilabhati saññāvipallāsaṃ cittavipallāsaṃ diṭṭhivipallāsaṃ. Tattha asubhe subhanti saññāvipallāso. Dukkhe sukhanti cittavipallāso. Anicce niccanti anattani attāti diṭṭhivipallāso.
如同心的颠倒,在想与见中有三种寻——心寻颠倒、想寻颠倒与见寻颠倒。在其中,无明是颠倒的行境、趣处与所归之地,正如他这样认知,这样了知,这样认知并了知。如他这样忍受、这样思量。这四种颠倒,众生依之而称那四种称为“自身基”之物为已成病、已成痈的“我”。“称病为我”:这就是轮转。因为他以任何方式去认知,从那里它便转成另一状态;他以为“净”,实则不然。同样地,“乐”、“常”、“我”,他期待它们确实会成为未来的“有”,因此说“有爱”。他欢喜于有,他所欢喜的,“这便是苦”,在五蕴中被指出。以那为缘的愁悲苦恼,也将归属于他。至此是杂染。为断除这些而修习梵行。三种热恼之欲贪得以调伏。巴利
Yathā cittassa vipallāso saññādiṭṭhite tividhā vitakkā – cittavitakko vipallāso saññāvitakko vipallāso diṭṭhivitakko vipallāsopi. Tattha avijjā vipallāso gocarā gatipateyyabhūmi, yathā hi taṃ sañjānāti yathā vijānāti yathā sañjānāti ca vijānāti ca. Yathā khanti ceteti ime cattāro vipallāsā sattā yehi catubbidhaṃ attabhāvavatthuṃ rogabhūtaṃ gaṇḍabhūtaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti vadanti. Rogaṃ vadati attatoti ayaṃ āvaṭṭo. Yena yena hi maññati tato taṃ hoti aññathāti subhanti maññati na tathā hoti. Evaṃ sukhanti niccaṃ attāti so aññathā bhavameva santaṃ anāgataṃ bhavaṃ patthayati, tena vuccati ‘‘bhavarāgo’’ti. Bhavamevābhinandati, yaṃ abhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti pañcakkhandhe niddisiyati. Yañca tappaccayā sokaparidevadukkhaṃ tassa hi bhāvessati. Ettāvatā saṃkileso hoti. Pahānatthaṃ kho pana brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Tiṇṇaṃ santāpānaṃ chandarāgavinayo hoti.
“缘依而有此苦”:凡是欢喜于“有”的人,他便会拥有“有”,那即是苦;他指出这正是苦的断除。“若一切取尽灭,则无苦的生起”:正如所指出的四种颠倒,他说明了取。其中第一种颠倒是欲取,第二种是见取,第三种是戒禁取,第四种是我论取。它们的灭尽,便没有苦的生起;他指出依是苦生起之因,而苦的灭除则另有其因。如此以正慧如实而见的人,不再有“无有渴爱”存续。“不欢喜于断灭”:这指的是其见地。“一切渴爱的尽灭即是涅槃”:这是说两种解脱——离贪与离无明。“那位比丘”:意指无余涅槃界。这便是经的义理阐释。巴利
Upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ bhavatīti ye bhavamevābhinandanti yassa bhāvessati, taṃ dukkhaṃ tassa dukkhassa pahānamāha. Sabbaso upādānañca yaṃ natthi dukkhassa sambhavoti cattāro vipallāsā yathā niddiṭṭhaupādānamāha. Tassa paṭhamo vipallāso kāmupādānaṃ, dutiyaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ, tatiyaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, catutthaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tesaṃ yo khayo natthi dukkhassa sambhavo upadhi nidānaṃ dukkhanirodhamāha. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato vibhavataṇhā na hoti. Vibhavaṃ nābhinandatīti dassanabhūmiṃ manteti sabbaso taṇhakkhayaṃ nibbānanti dve vimuttiyo katheti rāgavirāgañca avijjāvirāgañca. Tassa bhikkhunoti anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ manteti. Ayaṃ suttassa atthaniddeso.
111 这其中,什么是审察?对于谁在何处生起热恼,当那人正受热恼时,能如实了知为“无”而厌离,这便是抉择与合理。贪所生的热恼是乐根与忧根的所依。嗔所生的热恼是乐根与忧根的所依。痴所生的热恼是舍根与忧根的所依。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa yattha pariḷāheti tassa pariḍayhantassa so yathābhūtaṃ natthi nibbindati ca, ayaṃ vicayo ca yutti ca. Padaṭṭhāno rāgajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dosajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Mohajo pariḷāho upekkhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
什么是特相理趣?被触所缚、被受所缚、被想所缚、被行所缚者,无论以何种方式思惟,或以净相、或以乐相、或以常相、或以我相,于不净中作净想。如是,当说到贪所生热恼时,即已说出四种热恼:贪所生、嗔所生、痴所生、见所生。“贪所生”是我所说;一切十五句皆是“无常、苦”。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Phassapareto vedanāpareto saññāparetopi saṅkhāraparetopi yena yena maññati yadi subhanimittena yadi sukhanimittena yadi niccanimittena yadi attanimittena asubhe subhanti maññati, evaṃ sabbaṃ rāgaje pariḷāhe vutte cattāro pariḷāhā vuttā bhavanti. Rāgajo dosajo mohajo diṭṭhijo ca rāgaṃ vadāmīti attato vadati. Sabbāni pannarasa padāni aniccaṃ dukkhanti.
什么是“四种布阵”?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些不被热恼所烧者,不欣乐于有。不欣乐于有者,他们将般涅槃。这便是意趣。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye pariḷāhena na acchanti te bhavaṃ nābhinandanti. Ye bhavaṃ nābhinandanti, te parinibbāyissanti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
什么是“轮转”?以杂染分开示苦与集,以通达分开示灭与道。巴利
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Saṃkilesabhāgiyena dukkhañca samudayañca niddisati. Nibbedhabhāgiyena maggañca nirodhañca.
于此,什么是分别?为热恼所生、为病所生者,说“病是我”,但这并非一向如此;由于不作意,热恼所生者并不说“病是我”。巴利
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Santāpajāto rogajāto rogaṃ vadati attato taṃ na ekaṃsena hoti amanasikārā santāpajāto kho na ca rogaṃ attato vadati.
于此,什么是转变?为了显示正反两面之义,而以地作为转变。巴利
Tattha katamo parivattano? Pakkhapaṭipakkhanidassanatthaṃ bhūmi parivattanāya.
于此,什么是同义语理趣?他既说病从我而来,也说箭从我而来。全部十五句都应作如此说。巴利
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro? Rogañca attato vadati sallaṃ attato vadati. Pannarasa padāni sabbāni vattabbāni.
于此,什么是施设?“由热恼生”者,是忧的近因。依一切言说施设而施设。“他说病从自我而来”是颠倒,依杂染施设而施设。“凡他所不欢喜的,即是苦”,依断除颠倒施设而施设。那些无作有情世间,依中间的差别性而施设。巴利
Tattha katamā paññatti? Santāpajātoti domanassapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbe vacanapaññattiyā paññapeti. Rogaṃ vadati attato vipallāso saṃkilesapaññattiyā paññapeti. Yaṃ nābhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti vipallāsanikkhepapaññattiyā paññattā. Te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是下降?“由热恼生”者,即三不善根。那些诸行,摄属行蕴;于诸界中,为法界;于诸处中,为法处。于诸根中,女根与男根为其近因。巴利
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Santāpajātoti tīṇi akusalamūlāni, te saṅkhārā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Indriyesu itthindriyaṃ purisindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,什么是净化?经的开端即是清净。巴利
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho suttassa ārambho.
于此,什么是确立理趣?“热恼”:那些有情世间依单一性而施设,那些无作有情世间则依中间的差异性而施设。巴利
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Pariḷāhoti ye sattā lokā ekattapaññattiyā paññattā, te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
于此,什么是资具?“由热恼所生”:不如理作意是因,颠倒是缘。其中,依二法而执取我,即心与心所法,他以颠倒想执取此二者。另有义释:以心所法,无我想根除我想。另有义释:无常想在心所法中,并非我想。这称为心、意或识,长久以来生起“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”。于此,心所法之随观,也是一种法想。那么什么是因,什么是缘?我慢是因,我所慢是缘。巴利
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Santāpajātoti ayoniso manasikāro hetu, vipallāsañca paccayo. Tattha dvīhi dhammehi attā abhiniviṭṭhā cittañca cetasikañca dhamme ubhayāni tassa viparītena parāmasato. Aparo pariyāyo, cetasikehi dhammehi attasaññā anattasaññā samugghāteti. Aparo pariyāyo. Aniccasaññā cetasikesu dhammesu, na tu attasaññā. Idaṃ vuccati cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā idaṃ dīgharattaṃ abbhuggataṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti. Tattha cetasikā dhammānupassanā esāpi dhammasaññā. Tassa ko hetu, ko paccayo? Ahaṃkāro hetu, mamaṃkāro paccayo.
于此,什么是增上?所谓“此世间为热恼所生”,他作意不善:“识是名色的缘”乃至“老死”——这便是增上。巴利
Tattha katamo samāropano? Ayaṃ loko santāpajātoti akusalaṃ manteti viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo yāva jarāmaraṇanti, ayaṃ samāropano.
112 他以正慧如此如实而见:此即是诸不善根之舍断。其中,无明灭,由无明灭乃至老死灭——这便是增上。巴利
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passati akusalamūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha avijjānirodho avijjānirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ayaṃ samāropano.
有四种人:随流者、逆流者、住立者,以及已渡彼岸、住立于高岸的婆罗门。巴利
Cattāro puggalā – anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī ṭhitatto, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti.
其中,随流者耽著于诸欲。他造作恶业,甚至沉溺于诸欲。这便是贪不善根,也就是渴爱;他被那些欲所漂流,故称为随流者。凡被那些欲所驱使,以之为缘、以之为因,由身与语造作不善业者,便称为造恶业者。他有三种流:有身见、疑、戒禁取。由这三种流,他便在三界——欲界、色界、无色界——中受生。与此相反,凡不耽著诸欲、不执取戒禁、为了舍断有身见而如实见诸欲中过患的人,凡心著于法、以法为缘而住立的人,即是婆罗门,也就是阿拉汉。于此,阿拉汉已到彼岸,已到彼岸者住立于彼岸,这是有余涅槃界。所谓“随流者”,是指未舍断应以见所断诸结的人。“逆流者”,是指在果位中见一处而舍断诸烦恼的人。“住立者”,是指舍断五下分结的人。在此,“随流者”显示的是道的形态;“逆流者”与“住立者”显示的是道的限度;“已到彼岸者”,是指声闻无学者与正自觉者。“随流者”说的是导向有身集的道;“逆流者”与“住立者”说的是导向有身灭的道;“已到彼岸者”说的是十种无学阿拉汉法。这便是经义。巴利
Tattha yo anusotagāmī ayaṃ kāme sevati. Pāpañca kammaṃ karoti yāva kāme paṭisevati . Idaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, so yeva taṇhā, so tehi kāmehi vuyhati anusotagāmīti vuccati. Yo puggalo tāhi gamito tappaccayā tassa hetu akusalakammaṃ karoti kāyena ca vācāya ca, ayaṃ vuccati pāpakammaṃ karotīti. Tassa tīṇi sotāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso. Imehi tīhi sotehi tividhadhātuyaṃ uppajjati kāmadhātuyaṃ rūpadhātuyaṃ arūpadhātuyaṃ. Tena paṭipakkhena yo kāme na paṭisevati. Yo sīlavataṃ na parāmasati. Yo sakkāyadiṭṭhīnaṃ pahānāya kāmesu yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ passati. Yena ca te dhamme paṭisevati. Yañca tappaccayā tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti arahaṃ kira. Tattha arahaṃ tassa pāraṅgato hoti, pāraṅgatassa thale tiṭṭhati sopādisesā nibbānadhātu. Anusotagāminīti dassanappahātabbānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ appahānamāha. Paṭisotagāminīti phale diṭṭhekaṭṭhānañca kilesānaṃ pahānamāha, ṭhitattena pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānamāha. Tattha anusotagāminā maggarūpimāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena ca maggamitimāha. Pāraṅgatena sāvakā asekkhā ca sammāsambuddhā ca vuttā. Anusotagāminā sakkāyasamudayagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena sakkāyanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Pāraṅgatena dasa asekkhā arahantā dhammā vuttā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
113 于此,什么是教说?此经中教说的是四圣谛,以及超越三界世间。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Imasmiṃ hi sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tedhātukalokasamatikkamanañca.
于此,什么是抉择理趣?“耽著诸欲者会造恶,不耽著诸欲者不造恶业,从这两种地超出者已到彼岸”——如此考察,名为简择。巴利
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpaṃ kareyyāti yo ca kāme na paṭisevati so pāpakammaṃ na kareyyāti yo ca imehi dvīhi bhūmīhi uttiṇṇo pāraṅgatoti yā vīmaṃsā ayaṃ vicayo.
合理:于诸经中,审察相应与不相应,这样的简择即是合理。足处:随流者是七结的足处,是不善业行、不善根的足处;逆流者是如实见的足处;住立者是不动摇的足处;已到彼岸者,有时是地的足处。巴利
Yuttīti yujjati suttesu, nāyujjatīti yā vīmaṃsāya, ayaṃ yutti. Padaṭṭhānoti anusotagāminā sattannaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Akusalassa kiriyā akusalassa mūlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paṭisotagāminā yathābhūtadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ṭhitattena asaṃhāriyāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāraṅgatoti kadāci bhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
何谓特相理趣?凡随顺流者,依于渴爱之力而行,依于一切烦恼之力而行。凡逆流精进者,他于渴爱、于一切烦恼而逆流精进。凡自身住立者,他以身住立,以语、以心住立。此即是特相理趣。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Yo anusotaṃ gacchati taṇhāvasena. Sabbesampi kilesānaṃ vasena gacchati. Yo paṭisotaṃ vāyamati. Taṇhāya sabbesampi so kilesānaṃ vāyamati paṭisotaṃ. Yo attanā ṭhito kāyenapi so ṭhito vācācittenapi so ṭhito. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
何谓四种分别论?于此经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些对于随顺流之道不欢喜者,他们将逆流精进,直到某个时候,于此世间,这便是意趣。转回:即此经中所宣说的四部经。巴利
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye anusotagāminiyā paṭipadāya nābhiramissanti, te paṭisotaṃ vāyamissantīti yāva kadāci bhūmiyaṃ, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti idha sutte cattāri suttāni desitāni.
何谓区分理趣?若人受用诸欲、造作恶业,他是随顺流者。然而,不可一向说入流者也受用诸欲,并造作部分的恶业。虽有学者也可能造作恶业,如经中所说,但他并非随顺流者,此应作分别解答。若不受用诸欲、不造作恶业,是逆流者。然而,不可一向说一切于诸欲离贪的外人都不造作恶业;由此造作恶业者,是随顺流者还是逆流者?这应以分别论来解答。巴利
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpañca kammaṃ karoti. So anusotagāmīti na ekaṃsena sotāpannopi kāme paṭisevati. Taṃ bhāgiyañca pāpakammaṃ karoti. Kiñcāpi sekkhopi kareyya pāpaṃ yathā sutte niddiṭṭho na ca so anusotagāmī, idaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Na ca kāme paṭisevati na ca pāpakammaṃ karoti paṭisotagāmī na ca ekaṃsena sabbe bāhirako kāmesu vītarāgo na ca kāme paṭisevati, tena ca pāpakammaṃ karoti anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī, ayaṃ vibhatti.
在此,什么是反转理趣?即已说对治。所谓“异名”:在诸欲之中,有事欲与烦恼欲,即色、声、香、味、触,以及儿女、妻子、奴仆、佣人、壮丁与财物。巴利
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Niddiṭṭho paṭipakkho. Vevacanoti kāmesu vatthukāmāpi kilesakāmāpi rūpasaddagandharasaphassaputtadāradāsakammakaraporisañca pariggahā.
“施设”:一切凡夫依同一性而被施设。“随顺流者”:依烦恼现行之施设而施设。然而,诸有学人依涅槃之施设而施设;诸不来者依不可动摇之施设而施设。这就是施设。巴利
Paññattīti sabbe puthujjanā ekattāya paññattā. Anusotagāmīti kilesasamudācārapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana sekkhā puggalā, te nibbānapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana anāgāmī, te asaṃhāriya paññattiyā paññattā, ayaṃ paññatti.
“渡越”:随顺流者即是苦;其所属之法即是苦之集。凡是色,即是色蕴;如此,五蕴即是缘起。那些烦恼则属行蕴所摄,是法处、法界,并于诸根中被施设。巴利
Otaraṇoti yo anusotagāmī, so dukkhaṃ. Ye tassa dhammā, te dukkhassa samudayo. Yaṃ rūpaṃ, ayaṃ rūpakkhandho, evaṃ pañcapi khandhā paṭiccasamuppādo, te kilesā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu indriyesu ca paññattā.
净化:依何种发起而宣说此经,彼发起全然清净。巴利
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ, so ārambho sabbo suddho.
确立:一切入流者依逆流而以同一性被说明;或者,逆贪随眠流的有学道与有学人,安住不动。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānoti paṭisotagāminā sabbe sotāpannā ekattena vā niddiṭṭhā rāgānusayapaṭisotagāmino sekkhāva maggo ca sekkho ca puggalo ṭhitattoti.
离贪者依同一性而施设。到彼岸者:一切阿拉汉、一切独觉佛与正自觉者,亦依同一性而施设。巴利
Vītarāgo ekattāya paññatto. Pāraṅgatoti sabbe arahanto sabbe paccekabuddhā sammāsambuddhā ca ekattāya paññattā.
“资具”:对于随流者,恶友是缘,欲的缠缚是因;对于逆流者,有两种因与两种缘,乃至在正见生起之前,已得的道是因,精勤是缘,这属于身与心的部分。“安立”乃是分别;此经并没有安立的立足处。巴利
Parikkhāroti anusotagāmino pāpamittapaccayo kāmapariyuṭṭhānaṃ hetu. Paṭisotagāmino dve hetū dve paccayā ca yāva sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyadiṭṭhi , tassa paṭiladdhamaggo hetu ārambho paccayo kāyiko cetasikassa koṭṭhāso ca. Samāropanoti vibhatti idaṃ suttaṃ natthi samāropanāya bhūmi.
114 关于“耳所随闻的法具有五种利益,乃至以见善通达”的经,应当详加说明。精勤、努力、勤奋的人,在病时或死时成为天人,证得独觉菩提。“耳所随闻”:由听闻正法而成。他的心并不因增上慧的法观而惊惧动摇,也非不通达。此经是为五种人所说:信随行者中的钝根者与利根者,法随行者中的利根者与钝根者。然而,痴行者不能够精勤、努力、勤奋;如其定解脱如实呈现果的那一刹那、那一刻、那一须臾,善法退失,他人受苦,但不会成为乐异熟。于现法见者,则生起后后所受。在此,若人为法随行者,且耳所随闻之法存在,他精勤则能证得。若法随行者是钝根,他在病时证得。若信随行者是利根,他在死时证得。若是钝根者,他成为天人而证得。当成为天人尚未证得时,仅凭那对法的贪喜,是不能证得独觉菩提的。于耳所随闻者,若能精勤、努力、勤奋,他以先前所行了知殊胜,了知后便证得。然而,若病者能作意,于此精勤便证得。若于死时有惊惧,于此精勤便证得。若无任何惊惧,成为天人的他安乐,法成就之足如是安住不动。他如是了知:“这是法与律,我们先前为人时曾行梵行。”然后成为天人而证得。或者耽著于五种天欲,住于放逸,他以那善根证得独觉菩提。巴利
Pañcānisaṃsā sotānugatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yāva diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ suttaṃ vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Yuñjato ghaṭentassa vāyamato gilāno maraṇakāle devabhūto paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Sotānugatāti saddhammassavanena kataṃ hoti. Na ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya tassa cittaṃ tasitaṃ hoti, na ca anibbiddhattaṃ, idaṃ ca suttaṃ pañcannaṃ puggalānaṃ desitaṃ, saddhānusārino mudindriyassa tikkhindriyassa ca dhammānusārino tikkhindriyassa mudindriyassa ca. Yo pana mohacarito puggalo na sakkoti yuñjituṃ ghaṭituṃ vāyamituṃ yathābhūtaṃ yathāsamādhikā vimutti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ phalaṃ dasseti. Sādhu parihāyati paro taṃ duyhati, no tu sukhaavipākinī bhavati . Tassa diṭṭhe yeva ca dhamme upapajjaaparāpariyavedanīyaṃ. Tattha yo puggalo dhammānusārī tassa yadi sotānugatā dhammā honti so yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Yo dhammānusārī mudindriyo, so gilāno pāpuṇāti. Yo saddhānusārī tikkhindriyo, so maraṇakālasamaye pāpuṇāti. Yo mudindriyo, so devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Yadā devabhūto na pāpuṇāti, na so teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo sotānugatesu yuñjati ghaṭeti vāyamati, so pubbāpannena visesaṃ sañjānāti, sañjānanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana gilānassa manasikāro hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace panassa maraṇakāle saṃviggo hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana na katthaci saṃvego hoti, tassa devabhūtassa sukhino dhammabhūtā pādā evaṃ avilapati. So evaṃ jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ so dhammavinayo yattha mayaṃ pubbe manussabhūtā brahmacariyaṃ carimhā’’ti. Atha devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Dibbesu vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu ajjhosito hoti pamādavihārī, so tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti.
由他人的音声、以语言善加熟习者,这是闻所成慧。凡是以意观察思惟的诸法,这是思所成慧。以见善加通达者,这是修所成慧。耳所随闻、以语言熟习,且于现法般涅槃者,这是阿拉汉。投生成为天人而证得,并于彼处般涅槃者,这是不来。以那样的善根证得独觉菩提者,这是先前已修习、资粮具足之人。巴利
Yā paratoghosena vacasā suparicitā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Ye pana dhammā honti manasā anupekkhitā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā. Yaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā . Yaṃ sotānugatā vacasā paricitā honti, so ca diṭṭhe yeva dhamme parinibbāyī, ayaṃ arahaṃ puggalo. Yo upapajjati devabhūto pāpuṇāti, tattha ca parinibbāyati, ayaṃ anāgāmī. Yo tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ pubbayogasambhārasambhūto puggalo.
法随流注,是第一解脱处;以言语熟习,是第二、第三解脱处;以心意伺察,是第四解脱处;以见善悟入,是第五解脱处。巴利
Sotānugatā dhammāti paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ, vacasā paricitāti dutiyaṃ tatiyañca vimuttāyatanaṃ, manasā anupekkhitāti catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.
由入耳而解脱:藉由善悟入的言语,从耳听闻次第法之后,圆满戒蕴;以心意伺察,圆满定蕴;以见善悟入,圆满慧蕴。巴利
Sotānugatāya vimuttiyā vacasā yā vācā suppaṭividdhā anupubbadhammassa sotena sutvā sīlakkhandhe paripūreti, manasā anupekkhitā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūreti, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
“随流注之法成多闻”,应当详说。此为第一信足。“以心意伺察”:多安住于独处宴坐,应当详说。此为第二信足。“以见善悟入”:证得无漏心解脱,了知“不再有后有”。此为第三信足。巴利
Sotānugatā dhammā bahussutā hontīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ manasā anupekkhitāti paṭisallānabahulo viharati, vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti anāsavā cetovimuttiyā nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātīti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ.
“随顺流之法”,是导师所开示的有学;“以意思惟”,是导师所开示的阿拉汉果;“以见善通达”,是导师所开示的如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者。巴利
Sotānugatā dhammāti sekkhaṃ satthā dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti arahattaṃ satthā dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ satthā dasseti.
“由耳听闻的法”,是显示欲的出离;“以意思惟”,是显示色界的出离;“以见善通达”,是显示三界的出离。这便是此经的义理。巴利
Sotānugatā dhammāti kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti rūpadhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tedhātukānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
115 于此,什么是教说理趣?在这部经中,以言说纯熟的耳所随闻法,教导了三种寻求——对于欲的寻求,止息之道;以见善通达,对于梵行的寻求,止息之道。巴利
Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte tayo esanā desitā sotānugatehi dhammehi vacasā paricitehi kāmesanāya samathamaggo. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhehi brahmacariyesanāya samathamaggo.
“简择”:当如理作意经典、加以简择时,便获得闻所成慧。又,当如所闻之法而作意时,便获得思所成慧。当于现法如理作意时,便获得修所成慧。这就是简择。巴利
Vicayoti yathā suttaṃ manasikaronto vicinanto sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā ca so manasikarotīti yathā sutadhammā tadā cintāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā diṭṭheva dhamme manasikaroti tadā bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
由听闻获得闻所成慧,由思惟获得思所成慧,由修习获得修所成慧。这是合乎道理的。巴利
Sutena sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Cintāya cintāmayipaññaṃ bhāvanāya bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Atthi esā yutti.
“足处”:“耳所随闻的诸法”是听闻法的足处;“以语言熟练”是用功修习的足处;“以意随观”是法随法行、观照的足处;“以见随观”是以慧随观、以见随观。巴利
Padaṭṭhānoti sotānugatā dhammāti dhammassavanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vacasā paricitāti yuñjanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manasā anupekkhitāti dhammānudhammāya vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Diṭṭhiyā anupekkhitāti paññāyapi anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyāpi anupekkhitā.
“四种配列”:在此经中,世尊的意趣为何?是指那些具足这两种智慧的人……巴利
Catubyūhoti imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye imāhi dvīhi paññāhi samannāgatā tehi….
“他得寂静”:这是指道果与无余涅槃界;以布施,是指舍断粗重的烦恼;以持戒,是指舍断中等的烦恼;以修慧,是指舍断微细的烦恼。由于贪嗔痴的灭尽,他得寂静,这是所说的阶位。巴利
Sa nibbutoti maggaphalaṃ anupādisesañca nibbānadhātuṃ manteti, dānena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ manteti. Sīlena majjhimānaṃ, paññāya sukhumakilesānaṃ manteti, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti katā ca bhūmi.
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
“善者舍断恶”:此即是所说之道。巴利
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto;
“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”:这是说(道)果。巴利
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti maggaphalamāha.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”——以这三句说世间善根。“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”——这是说出世间善根。巴利
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamatoti tīhi padehi lokikaṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lokuttaraṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,说的是凡夫地。“善者舍弃恶”,说的是有学地。“以贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,说的是无学地。巴利
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti puthujjanabhūmiṃ manteti. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhabhūmiṃ manteti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhabhūmi vuttā.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,说的是导向道的行道。“善者舍弃恶”,说的是有学解脱。“以贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,说的是无学解脱。巴利
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti magganiyā paṭipadā vuttā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhavimutti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhavimutti.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,这是宣说布施论、持戒论、道论等世间法的教导。“善者舍弃恶”,这是对世间过患的随观。“以贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,这亦贯通于最胜法说。巴利
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ maggakathaṃ lokikānaṃ dhammānaṃ desanamāha. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti loke ādīnavānupassanā. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti sāmukkaṃsikāya dhammadesanāyapi paṭividdhā.
“施者福增长”——通过施予众生无畏,由不杀生而给予有情无畏。如此,一切学处皆当奉行。“自制者怨不积”——即依止于戒而制御其心,于自制者而得圆满。“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”——这是两种解脱。以上是此经的分别论。巴利
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti pāṇānaṃ abhayadānena pāṇātipātā veramaṇisattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Evaṃ sabbāni sikkhāpadāni kātabbāni. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīle patiṭṭhāya cittaṃ saṃyameti, tassa saṃyamato pāripūriṃ gacchati. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve vimuttiyo. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
116 什么是教导?在这部经中教导了什么呢?两种善趣:天与人,以及天的五种欲乐与人的五种欲乐。以这两句作分别。“施者福增长,自制者怨不积,善者舍弃恶”,这是说及道。“以贪嗔痴的灭尽,他涅槃”,这是教导两种涅槃界:有余依与无余依。此为教导。巴利
Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Dve sugatiyo devā ca manussā ca, dibbā ca pañcakāmaguṇā, mānussakā ca. Dvīhi padehi niddeso. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve nibbānadhātuyo desitā sopādisesā ca anupādisesā ca. Ayaṃ desanā.
分别论:以第一句“施者福增长”,说布施所成之福业事;由此,于他而言,无间善法……出离的教说,这是意趣所在。以不听闻、不如理作意、不通达,说为导向身见集起的行道;以听闻、如理作意、通达,说为导向身见灭尽的行道。这是轮转。巴利
Vicayoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti iminā paṭhamena padena dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Tenassa ānantariyānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Dutiyena padena… yanti, niyyānikaṃ sāsananti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Assavanena ca amanasikārena ca appaṭivedhena ca sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Savanena ca manasikārena ca paṭivedhena ca sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
“分别论”:应以一向记说作答。此处并无分别论立足之处。“转变”:即以五等对治,于现法中便证得那五种利益——这是从另一角度生起的方式。巴利
Vibhattīti ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo. Natthi tattha vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanāti ye pañcānisaṃsā, te pañcādinā paṭipakkhena teneva diṭṭheva dhamme pāpuṇāti, taṃ upapajjamānā aparo pariyāyo.
“同义词”:耳所随闻之法,即:所见的经、所了知的慧根、被见善加通达的、被阐明的。巴利
Vevacananti sotānugatā dhammāti yaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhampi paññindriyaṃ viññattampi diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhampi vibhāvitampi.
“施设”:耳所随闻之法,即教说,依无明的施设而施设。作意依喜悦的施设而施设,现法亦依利益的施设而施设。巴利
Paññattīti sotānugatādhammāti desanā avijjāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasikāro pāmojjapaññattiyā paññatto, diṭṭhadhammāpi ānisaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā.
“下降”:三种慧——于言辞中熟习者,为闻所成慧;于意中思择者,为思所成慧;于见中善通达者,为修所成慧。这些圣谛、诸根、明之生起、无明之灭、缘起,于诸根中属三根,于诸处中摄于法处,于诸界中摄于法界。“净化”:即经之起始、进入、精勤。巴利
Otaraṇoti tisso paññā vacasā paricitesu sutamayīpaññā manasā anupekkhitesu cintāmayīpaññā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāsu bhāvanāmayīpaññā. Imāni ariyasaccāni indriyāni vijjuppādā avijjānirodho paṭiccasamuppādo indriyesu tīṇi indriyāni, āyatanesu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā dhātūsu dhammadhātupariyāpannāti. Sodhanoti yo ārambho suttassa paveso niyutto.
“确立”:五种利益,依差别性而施设利益;“随顺流”,依差别性而施设圣者之言说;“法与听闻”,依同一性而施设。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānoti pañcānisaṃsāti vemattatāya paññattā ānisaṃsā sotā anugatāti vemattatāya ariyavohāro paññatto, dhamme ca savananti ekattatāya paññattaṃ.
“资具”:听闻正法时的亲近是缘,信是因。“意中思择”:义之领受是缘,法之领受是因。“见善通达”:听闻正法与作意是缘,闻所成慧与思所成慧是因。“等起”:分别论之经是另一方式,于力中无有生起,于彼处无等起之基。巴利
Parikkhāroti dhammassavanassa payirupāsanā paccayo, saddhā hetu. Manasā anupekkhitāti atthappaṭisaṃveditā paccayo, dhammappaṭisaṃveditā hetu, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti saddhammassavanañca manasikāro ca paccayo, sutamayī cintāmayī paññā hetu. Samāropanoti vibhattaṃ suttaṃ aparo pariyāyo nibbatti bale natthi. Tattha samāropanāya bhūmi.
117 其中,哪些是属于熏习分与通达分的经?即“施者增长福”等偈颂。“施者”:是说布施所成的福业事。“自制者不积怨”:是说持戒所成的福业事。“善者舍离恶”:是说断除贪、嗔、痴。“以贪嗔痴尽,彼寂灭”:是说贪欲、嗔恚和愚痴的调伏。再者,“施者增长福”这偈颂显示无贪为善根;“自制者不积怨”显示无嗔为善根,即无怨、无敌、无嗔恚性而恒常;“善者舍离恶”显示以智慧的生起而灭除无智;以第四句“贪嗔痴尽”,以贪尽而心从贪中解脱,以痴尽、无明尽而慧解脱。这就是抉择。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā. Dadatoti dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīlamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca pahānamāha. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca chandarāgavinayamāhāti. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā alobho kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adoso kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti averā asapattā abyāpādatāya sadā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti ñāṇuppādā aññāṇanirodho. Catutthapadena rāgadosamohakkhayena rāgavirāgā cetovimuttimohakkhayena avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti, ayaṃ vicayo.
“合理”:安住于布施的人,能圆满成就两者——既舍断悭吝,又增长福德。这就是合理。巴利
Yuttīti dāne ṭhito ubhayaṃ hi paripūreti. Macchariyañca pajahati. Puññañca pavaḍḍhati. Atthi esā yutti.
“立足处”:“施者增长福”,是以布施为增上的立足处;“自制者不积怨”,是以慧为增上的立足处;“善者舍离恶”,是以谛为增上的立足处;“以贪嗔痴尽故,他寂灭”,是以寂止为增上的立足处。这便是立足处。巴利
Padaṭṭhānanti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti cāgādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti paññādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti saccādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti upasamādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
在此,什么是特相?施予者增长福德;自制者不积怨仇。施予者亦不造怨;善者舍离恶法。因贪、嗔、痴灭尽故,他证寂灭;因色灭尽、受灭尽故,由所见之色,如来施设而宣示:“以色灭尽故,以离贪灭故。”——于五蕴也是如此。巴利
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati. Dadatopi veraṃ na kariyāti kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbuto rūpakkhayāpi vedanakkhayāpi, yena rūpena diṭṭhaṃ, tena tathāgato paññapento paññapeyya rūpassa khayā virāganirodhāti evaṃ pañcakkhandhā.
于此,世尊所说“四类”的意趣是什么?希求大财富者,将行布施以舍离危难;希求无怨者,将断除五种怨;希求善法者,将修习八支正道以断除八邪;希求涅槃者,将断除贪、嗔、痴。这就是世尊的意趣。巴利
Catubyūho idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye mahābhogānaṃ patthayissanti? Te dānaṃ dassanti parissayapahānāya, ye averābhichandakā, te pañca verāni pajahissanti, ye kusalābhichandakā, te aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessanti aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ pahānāya. Ye nibbāyitukāmā, te rāgadosamohaṃ pajahissantīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo.
“转”:不施者的悭吝、不自制者的怨、不善者不舍诸恶——此是苦的阐明,而非集。以无贪、无嗔、无痴之善,此即三善根。他们之缘是八正性,此即道。贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,此即灭。巴利
Āvaṭṭoti yañca adadato macchariyaṃ yañca asaṃyamato veraṃ yañca akusalassa pāpassa appahānaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhaniddeso na samudayo. Alobhena ca adosena ca amohena ca kusalena imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni. Tesaṃ paccayo aṭṭha sammattāni, ayaṃ maggo. Tesaṃ rāgadosamohānaṃ khayā, ayaṃ nirodho.
所谓“分别”:“施者增长福德”并非一向如此。若有人因畏惧王罚而行布施,或以不如法受用之物施与持戒者,他的福德便不增长。因为他以不善心行此布施——那是施与杖、施与刀,增长的是无福,而非福德。“自制者不积怨”也非一向如此。原因何在?若唯见现世利益者,心想“若国王捉住我,会砍断我的手……”,持这般自制,并不能令怨不积聚。然而,依持“杀生有恶果报,于现世与来世俱有”之见,从而远离一切不善因者,以此自制,怨便不积聚。巴利
Vibhattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti na ekaṃsena yo rājadaṇḍabhayena deti, yo ca akappiyassa paribhogena sīlavantesu deti, na tassa puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti so cetaṃ dānaṃ akusalena deti, daṇḍadānaṃ satthadānaṃ apuññamayaṃ pavaḍḍhati, na puññaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti na ekaṃsena kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yañca yo padaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ passati yadi mama rājāno gahetvā hatthaṃ vā chindeyya…pe… na tena saṃyamena veraṃ na karoti. Yo tu evaṃ samādiyati pāṇātipātassa pāpako vipākoti, diṭṭhe yeva dhamme abhisamparāye ca evaṃ sabbassa akusalassa hetuto ārati. Iminā saṃyamena veraṃ na cīyati.
“转变”的意思是:施者增长福德,不施者福德不增长。由布施所成的那一分,自制者不积集怨结,不自制者则造作怨结。善者能舍弃恶,不善者则不能舍弃。“以贪嗔痴灭尽而寂灭”,即便派遣使者、遣送精妙之物,我也不召唤;然而,他自己却与大比丘僧团一同来到我们的住处。我们也建造了集会堂,心想:“在此,我们迎请十力者,令诵吉祥。”如此思惟后,便前往迎请。“他们前往集会堂”——据说那一天,集会堂里的绘画工作刚刚完成。诸佛向来乐于阿兰若、爱好阿兰若,他们会住在村落中吗?还是不会?因此,在知道世尊的心意后,“我们将守护”,如此思惟后,他们便前往世尊之处。现在得到许可后,想要守护的诸人便前往集会堂。“一切铺设”:就像一切已铺设好一样,他们如此前往世尊之处。在此,那些末罗王守护着集会堂,并下令清扫城市街道,竖立旗帜,安置金瓶与芭蕉树,使整个城市以灯鬘点缀,宛如散布星辰;他们让吃奶的孩童饮乳,让年幼的童子快快进食然后入睡,吩咐“不要发出高声,今天这一夜,导师将住在村内,诸佛向来喜好少声。”如此令击鼓宣告后,他们自己手持杖与灯,前往世尊之处。“以世尊为先导”:在世尊前方之处,世尊坐在诸比丘与近事男们的中间,极为光耀。他遍净悦意,金色之身,端正庄严,可喜可看。从前身放出金色光芒,上达空中八十肘之处;从后身、从右手、从左手、从双脚足底放出珊瑚色光芒,下照坚实地面八十肘之处。如此方圆八十肘的范围内,六色佛光辉耀、照明、流动,一切方向都如被金色瞻波花所散布,如被从金瓶流出的金色液体倾灌,如被展开的金布所围绕,又如韦兰婆风吹起的紧叔迦花、紧叔迦罗花与迦尼迦罗花粉遍洒。寂静之中,世尊的身体以八十随好而辉耀,以三十二种妙相而光明,犹如夜空中升起的星辰,又如盛开的莲花林,一切果实圆满盛开,如同一由旬百的波利质多树。次第排列的三十二个月亮、三十二个太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天王,无学者的寂灭,其实并非涅槃。巴利
Parivattanāti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti adadato puññaṃ na pavaḍḍhati. Yaṃ dānamayaṃ, taṃ saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, asaṃyamato veraṃ karīyati. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ akusalo na jahāti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbutoti dūtaṃ pesetvā paṇītaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāmi, so sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto amhehi ca santhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpemāti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti. Buddhā nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vāti tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti evaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti. Ettha pana te mallarājāno santhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā suvaṇṇaghaṭikadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālāhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mākari, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāmeva vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍakadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā, tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati. Samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇarasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vitaṇḍamānā vidhāvanti, sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā vviya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakiṃsukārakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakasantaṃ asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ sabbaphāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ nibbuto asekkhassa natthi nibbuti.
所谓“异说”:不仅布施者增长福德,随喜者亦增长福德;心得定者,乃至行承事者,也都增长福德。巴利
Vevacananti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, anumodatopi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati. Cittassa samādahatopi veyyāvaccakiriyāyapi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti.
“施设”:说“布施者增长福德”,这是以无贪而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。说“自制者不积怨仇”,这是以无嗔而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。说“善者舍离恶法”,这是以无痴而破坏对施设的依止所施设的。巴利
Paññattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, alobhassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adosassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti amohassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
“下降”:于五根中,布施者福德增长,自制者不积聚怨仇,由自制成就戒蕴。入于六根之防护,此为定蕴;善者舍断恶法,此为慧蕴;由贪嗔痴灭尽而般涅槃,此为解脱蕴。于诸界中为法界,于诸处中为意处。巴利
Otaraṇoti pañcasu indriyesu dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati saṃyamena sīlakkhandho. Otiṇṇo chasu indriyesu saṃvaro, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, ayaṃ paññākkhandho, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti vimuttikkhandho. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ.
“净化”:凭此精勤而宣说此经,此精勤即是清净的。巴利
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ so ārambho suddho.
“确立的布施”:这是依同一性而施设的。舍弃、遍舍、法施、物施——八种布施当详细解说,这是差别性。并非对于施者,依同一性的施设而施设。“忍辱无过失”:是由施设而施设的。“由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃”:是由止息精进的施设而施设的。巴利
Adhiṭṭhāno dānanti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Cāgo pariccāgo dhammadānaṃ āmisadānaṃ, aṭṭha dānāni vitthārena kātabbāni, ayaṃ vemattatā. Na ca dadato ekattapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Khantī anavajjanti paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rodhavīriyapaññattiyā paññattā.
“资具”:于布施,喜悦为缘,无贪为因。于自制者,如理作意为因,遍舍为缘。“善者舍断恶”:如实见为缘,证得智为因。“由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃”:他人之声、内在的如理作意、道,既是因,亦是缘。巴利
Parikkhāroti dānassa pāmojjaṃ paccayo, alobho hetu. Saṃyamato yoniso manasikāro hetu, pariccāgo paccayo. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti yathābhūtadassanaṃ paccayo, ñāṇappaṭilābho hetu. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro maggo ca hetu ca paccayo ca.
“增上”:所谓“施者的福德增长”,此偈颂亦显示其戒增长、自制增长。“自制者的怨恨不积聚”:其他烦恼也不积聚,那些以此为缘而应生的诸漏、诸障碍,皆不生起。“由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而般涅槃”:由于贪与嗔的灭尽,贪随眠的灭尽,嗔与痴的灭尽,而般涅槃——有余涅槃界与无余涅槃界。这便是增上。巴利
Samāropanoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā tassa sīlampi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamopi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti. Aññepi kilesā na cīyanti yepissa tappaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātā, tepissa na uppajjanti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rāgadosassāpi khayā rāgānusayassapi khayā dosassa mohassāpi sa nibbutoti sopādisesā nibbānadhātu anupādisesāpi. Ayaṃ samāropano.
长老玛哈咖佳亚那(Mahākaccāyana) 的《藏释》之中巴利
Therassa mahākaccāyanassa peṭakopadese
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8